Clinical trial NCT02864251
Conditions: Non-Small-Cell Lung Carcinoma
Sponsor: Bristol-Myers Squibb
Start date: 2017-03-17; Completion date: 2022-10-17
Enrollment: 367 participants; Allocation: RANDOMIZED; Intervention model: PARALLEL

Brief summary:
The main purpose of this study is to determine whether nivolumab + chemotherapy is effective as compared to chemotherapy in the treatment of patients with EGFR mutation, NSCLC who failed first line (1L) or second-line (2L) EGFR TKI therapy.

Detailed description:

Arms: arm 1: None arm 2: Enrollment is closed for this arm arm 3: None
Interventions: intervention 1: Nivolumab intervention 2: Ipilimumab intervention 3: Pemetrexed intervention 4: Cisplatin intervention 5: Carboplatin
Intervention descriptions: intervention 1: Specified dose on specified days intervention 2: Specified dose on specified days intervention 3: Specified dose on specified days intervention 4: Specified dose on specified days intervention 5: Specified dose on specified days

Protocol documents:
Prot_SAP_000.pdf: 
Official Title of Study: 
Open-Label, Randomized Trial of Nivolumab (BMS-936558) plus Pemetrexed/Platinum or 
Nivolumab plus Ipilimumab (BMS-734016) vs Pemetrexed plus Platinum in Stage IV or 
Recurrent Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer (NSCLC) Subjects with Epidermal Growth Factor 
Receptor (EGFR) Mutation Who Failed 1L or 2L EGFR Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitor Therapy 
CheckMate 722: CHECKpoint pathway and nivoluMAb clinical Trial Evaluation 722 
 
Protocol: CA209-722 
NCT Number: NCT02864251 
 
Document Date (Date in which document was last revised): 30-Jul-2020 


Page:
1
Protocol Number:
CA209722
IND Number:
125,872
EUDRACT Number
2017-002672-38
Date:
28-Apr-2016
Revised Date:
30-Jul-2020
Clinical Protocol CA209722
Open-Label, Randomized Trial of Nivolumab (BMS-936558) plus Pemetrexed/Platinum or 
Nivolumab plus Ipilimumab (BMS-734016) vs Pemetrexed plus Platinum in Stage IV or 
Recurrent Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer (NSCLC) Subjects with Epidermal Growth  Factor 
Receptor (EGFR) Mutation Who Failed 1L or 2L EGFR Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitor Therapy  
CheckMate 722: CHECKpoint pathway and nivoluMAb clinical Trial Evaluation 722
Revised Protocol 06
BMS Study Director
Telephone (office):
 Medical Monitor for Sites in Asia and 
the Pacific Rim
Hotline phone: 
Fax: 
Medical Monitor for Sites in the 
United States
Hotline phone: 
Hotline Fax: 
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
2
24-hr Emergency Telephone Number
BMS USA:
BMS International: 
Bristol-Myers Squibb Research and Development
3401 Princeton Pike,
Lawrenceville, NJ 08468
Avenue de Finlande 4
B-1420 Braine-l’Alleud, Belgium
This document is the confidential and proprietary information of Bristol-Myers Squibb 
Company and its global affiliates (BMS). By reviewing this document, you agree to keep it 
confidential and to use and disclose it solely for the purpose of assessing whether your 
organization will participate in and/or the performance of the proposed BMS-sponsored 
study. Any permitted disclosures will be made only on a confidential "need to know" basis 
within your organization or to your independent ethics committee(s). Any other use, copying, 
disclosure or dissemination of this information is strictly prohibited unless expressly 
authorized in writing by BMS. Any supplemental information (eg, amendments) that may 
be added to this document is also confidential and proprietary to BMS and must be kept in 
confidence in the same manner as the contents of this document. Any person who receives 
this document without due authorization from BMS is requested to return it to BMS or 
promptly destroy it. All other rights reserved. References to BMS in this protocol may apply 
to partners to which BMS has transferred obligations, eg, a Contract Research Organization 
(CRO).
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
3
DOCUMENT HISTORY
Document
Date of Issue
Summary of Change
Revised Protocol 06
30-Jul-2020

Updated name and contact information of the Study Director
on the title page.

Replaced “assess” with “compare” for the primary objective of 
PFS and “determine” with “compare” for the first secondary 
objective of OS.

Updated the total number of subjects randomized in the study 
and revised the number of subjects randomized to Arm A and 
Arm C in the study design (synopsis and body text and study 
schematic).

Added an overall rationale for the amended protocol outlining 
the revised number of subjects enrolled and the statistical 
analyses for progression free survival (PFS) based on newly 
available external data (IMpower150), with details included in 
Section 1.1.12. Added the corresponding reference with a link 
to Section 12.

Added myocarditis to the list of Grade 3 adverse events for 
nivolumab dose discontinuation in Section 4.5.7.1 and added 
the algorithm to Appendix 2.

Removed reference to an additional 1 year treatment with 
nivolumab or nivolumab plus ipilimumab and the associated 
guidelines in Section 4.5.9; updated study design to reflect 
change. Removed sentence referring to Table 5.1-2.

Due to enrollment challenges and newly available data 
demonstrating adequate power to evaluate improvement in 
PFS, the statistical analysis section was revised to align with 
the revised number of subjects.

Revised sample size and statistical assumptions in Table 8.1-1 

Removed Table 8.1-2 and text justifying statistical power for 
the overall survival (OS) comparison between Arm A and Arm 
C. 

Removed references to an interim analysis of OS in Sections 
8.4 and 8.4.2.

Other typographical/editorial changes throughout including a 
date change to the algorithms in Appendix 2.
Revised Protocol 05
22-Mar-2019

Updated study title
Revised Protocol 04
20-Nov-2018

Stopped enrollment to Arm B (nivolumab + ipilimumab)

Moved PFS, OS, ORR and DoR of nivolumab + ipilimumab vs 
chemotherapy to exploratory objectives

Allowed enrollment of subjects with prior use of osimertinib as 1L 
and 2L 

Allowed randomization of subjects with asymptomatic CNS 
metastases and treatment of CNS metastases during the screening 
period. 

Added stratification by prior use of osimertinib

Allowed local laboratory testing of T790M mutation in subjects who 
progressed on 1L first- or second-generation EGFR TKI
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
4
Document
Date of Issue
Summary of Change

Updated statistical section to align with updated study design

Updated Appendices to align with program standards

Updated study personnel
Administrative 
Letter 02
09-Aug-2017
Updated study personnel
Administrative 
Letter 01
06-Jul-2017
Added EUDRACT Number
Revised Protocol 03
04-Apr-2017
Incorporates Amendment 03
Amendment 03
04-Apr-2017

Added a maximum treatment duration of 24 months to the nivolumab 
and nivolumab and ipilimumab arms of this trial. 

Added Live vaccines as a prohibited treatments

Added caution to concomitantly administering NSAIDs and 
pemetrexed 

Clarified the switch from carboplatin to cisplatin at the investigator’s 
discretion if the subject has discontinued cisplatin alone. 

The hierarchical testing order of progression-free survival, overall 
survival, and objective response rate was clarified. 

Added clarity for the investigational products in China 
Revised Protocol 02
15-Aug-2016
Incorporates Amendment 02
Amendment 02
15-Aug-2016

Adds smoking history as a stratification factor

Changes the language describing when PD-L1 expression is not 
known

Increases the window from randomization to first dose from 3 days to 
7 days. 

CNS metastasis criteria were changed. 

Adds a safety review by the Data Monitoring Committee for the first 
15 patients from Asian sites after receiving treatment for at least 3 
months

Aligns the protocol to the nivolumab program standards, including 
changes to the contraception language.
Revised Protocol 01
20-Jun-2016
Incorporates Amendment 01
Amendment 01
20-Jun-2016

The sample size and statistical analyses sections have been updated 
using a 2-sided log-rank test to reflect the registrational nature of this 
trial. 

Response to tyrosine kinase inhibitor (TKI) therapy has been removed 
as a stratification factor. 

The presence or absence of brain metastases has been added as a 
stratification factor.
Original Protocol
28-Apr-2016
Not applicable
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
OVERALL RATIONALE FOR REVISED PROTOCOL 06:
Enrollment in the CA209722 study was slow and was further impacted by the COVID-19 
pandemic, making it difficult to reach the planned sample size for this study in a timely manner. 
Accordingly, enrollment in this study was stopped in June, 2020. 
Based on currently available external data from IMpower150, at least 3-months improvement in 
PFS was observed in a limited number of subjects following atezolizumab (an anti-PD-L1 agent) 
plus chemotherapy (n = 34) as compared with chemotherapy (n = 45). Given the limited sample 
size of IMpower150, it is reasonable to predict that the addition of nivolumab to SOC 
chemotherapy may provide clinically meaningful improvement of 2 months in PFS. Therefore, the 
statistical assumption in this study was revised to 2-months improvement in PFS with delay in 
separation of curves. With the revised assumptions, sample size of approximately 135 subjects per 
arm (Arm A and Arm C) will provide 83% power to detect an average HR of 0.692 with a 
signiﬁcance level of 0.05. The statistical analysis section has been revised to account for the 
revised assumptions.
SUMMARY OF KEY CHANGES FOR REVISED PROTOCOL 06
Section Number & Title
Description of Change
Brief Rationale
Title page
Replaced the name of the 
Study Director
Revised to reflect a change 
in personnel.
Synopsis Objectives,
Section 1.3.1 Primary 
Objective, and
Section 1.3.2 Secondary 
Objective 
Replaced “assess” with 
“compare” for the primary 
objective of PFS
Replaced “determine” with 
“compare” for the first 
secondary objective of OS
To simplify the wording for 
clarity.
Synopsis Study Design,
Section 3.1 Study Design and 
Duration, and Synopsis
Statistical Considerations
Updated the total number 
of subjects randomized in 
in Arms A and C
Revised the study design 
schematic in both sections
Revised the number of 
subjects and number of 
events analyzed for PFS 
(primary objective) and 
associated power for PFS 
and OS
Deleted reference to an 
interim analysis for OS
Due to enrollment 
challenges and based on 
newly available external 
data, the statistical 
assumptions for the sample 
size calculation were 
revised for the PFS 
endpoint.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
5
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
SUMMARY OF KEY CHANGES FOR REVISED PROTOCOL 06
Section Number & Title
Description of Change
Brief Rationale
Section 1.1.12 Rationale for 
Reducing Sample Size
Added section 
Due to enrollment 
challenges and based on 
newly available external 
data, the statistical 
assumption for the sample 
size calculation was 
changed for the PFS 
endpoint.
Section 4.5.7.1 Nivolumab 
Dose Discontinuation
Myocarditis was added to the 
list of Grade 3 AEs.
For consistency with the AE 
profile of nivolumab per the 
Investigator’s Brochure
(version 18).
Section 4.5.9 Nivolumab and 
Ipilimumab Duration of 24 
Months
Removed reference to 
treating subjects with 
disease progression or 
recurrence and the 
associated guidelines.
Removed sentence 
referring to Table 5.1-2
Consistent with updated 
treatment duration of 
nivolumab-containing 
regimens (at the program 
level), reference to treating 
subjects with disease 
progression or recurrence as 
continued treatment beyond 
24 months is no longer 
offered. Reference to 
continued treatment and the 
associated guidelines have 
been deleted.
Section 8.1 Sample Size 
Determination
Reduced the number of 
subjects and number of 
events to recalculate the 
power statistics for PFS 
(primary objective)
Removed original sample 
size and power associated 
with OS and modified to 
hierarchical testing and 
10% power.
Revised Table 8.1-1 
Sample Size Justification 
for PFS Comparison
Due to enrollment 
challenges and based on 
newly available external 
data, the statistical 
assumption for the sample 
size calculation was 
changed for the PFS 
endpoint.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
6
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
SUMMARY OF KEY CHANGES FOR REVISED PROTOCOL 06
Section Number & Title
Description of Change
Brief Rationale
Removed Table 8.1-2 
Sample Size Justification 
for OS Comparison
Section 8.4 
Removed reference to interim 
analyses of OS data.
To make consistent with the 
revisions in sample size 
determination requirements.
Section 8.4.2 Efficacy 
Analyses
Removed reference to 
multiple OS analyses.
To make consistent with the 
revisions in sample size 
determination requirements.
Section 8.5 Interim Analysis
Removed description of 
interim analysis and replaced 
with a statement that no 
interim analyses are planned.
To make consistent with the 
revision in sample size 
determination.
Section 12 References
Added reference 33 Reck M, 
et al. 
IMpower150 data 
referenced in rationale for 
revision of sample size and 
power calculations.
Appendix 2
Added myocarditis algorithm 
and updated date on Appendix 
2.
For consistency with the AE 
profile of nivolumab per the 
Investigator’s Brochure
(version 18).
All
Minor typographical/editorial
corrections
Minor, therefore have not 
been summarized.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
7
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
SYNOPSIS
Clinical Protocol CA209722
Protocol Title: Open-Label, Randomized Trial of Nivolumab (BMS-936558) plus Pemetrexed/Platinum or 
Nivolumab plus Ipilimumab (BMS-734016) vs Pemetrexed plus Platinum in Stage IV or Recurrent Non-Small Cell 
Lung Cancer (NSCLC) Subjects with Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor (EGFR) Mutation Who Failed 1L or 2L 
EGFR Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitor Therapy  
Investigational Product(s), Dose and Mode of Administration, Duration of Treatment with Investigational 
Product(s): 

Arm A: Nivolumab 360 mg IV, followed by pemetrexed (500 mg/m2) with cisplatin (75 mg/m2) OR Nivolumab 
360 mg IV, followed by pemetrexed (500 mg/m2) with carboplatin (AUC 5 or 6).

Arm B: Nivolumab 3 mg/kg IV will be administered every 2 weeks and ipilimumab 1 mg/kg IV will be 
administered every 6 weeks. 

NOTE: As per revised protocol 04, Arm B has closed enrollment.

Arm C: Pemetrexed (500 mg/m2) with cisplatin (75 mg/m2) administered on Day 1 of each cycle OR Pemetrexed 
(500 mg/m2) with carboplatin (AUC 5 or 6). 
Study Phase: 3b
Research Hypothesis: In subjects with EGFR mutation (ie, G719X, L861Q, Del 19, and L858R), non-small cell lung 
cancer (NSCLC) whose tumor has progressed on first-line (1L) or second-line (2L) EGFR TKIs, concurrent 
administration of nivolumab plus pemetrexed/platinum has superior efficacy defined by progression-free survival 
(PFS) to pemetrexed/platinum alone.  
Objectives: 
Primary

To compare the PFS by blinded independent central review (BICR) of nivolumab plus pemetrexed/platinum to 
pemetrexed plus platinum in EGFR mutation positive (ie, G719X, L861Q, Del 19, and L858R), metastatic or 
recurrent NSCLC whose tumor has progressed on 1L or 2L EGFR TKIs

Secondary

To compare the OS of nivolumab plus pemetrexed/platinum to pemetrexed plus platinum in EGFR mutation 
positive (ie, G719X, L861Q, Del 19, and L858R), metastatic or recurrent NSCLC whose tumors have progressed 
on 1L or 2L EGFR TKI

To determine the objective response rate (ORR) per RECIST 1.1 by BICR, the duration of response (DOR) by 
BICR, and the 9-month and 12-month PFS rates by BICR of nivolumab plus pemetrexed/platinum compared to 
pemetrexed plus platinum in EGFR mutation positive (ie, G719X, L861Q, Del 19, and L858R), metastatic or 
recurrent NSCLC that has progressed on 1L or 2L EGFR TKI
Exploratory

To assess the PFS by BICR, ORR (per RECIST 1.1) by BICR, DOR by BICR, and OS by PD-L1 status (≥1%, 
< 1%/not evaluable/indeterminate membranous staining in tumor cells) in subjects treated with nivolumab plus 
pemetrexed/platinum compared to pemetrexed plus platinum  

To assess the safety and tolerability of nivolumab plus pemetrexed/platinum compared to pemetrexed plus 
platinum in EGFR mutation positive (ie, G719X, L861Q, Del 19, L858R), metastatic or recurrent NSCLC that 
has progressed on 1L or 2L EGFR TKI 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
8
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab

To assess health-related quality of life using the EQ-5D-3L and LCSS

To evaluate ORR by BICR, DOR by BICR, PFS by BICR and OS of nivolumab plus ipilimumab in EGFR 
mutation positive (ie, G719X, L861Q, Del 19, and L858R), T790M negative, metastatic or recurrent NSCLC that 
has progressed on 1L EGFR TKI

To evaluate PFS after next line of therapy (PFS2) of nivolumab plus pemetrexed/platinum vs. pemetrexed plus 
platinum in EGFR mutation positive (ie, G719X, L861Q, Del 19, L858R), metastatic or recurrent NSCLC 
Study Design: 
This is an open-label, randomized, Phase 3 study in subjects with EGFR mutation, metastatic or recurrent NSCLC 
whose tumors have progressed on 1L or 2L EGFR TKI. 
In revised protocol 03, subjects were randomized to 3 arms in a 1:1:1 ratio. Subjects were stratified by PD-L1 
expression (1% or < 1%/not evaluable/indeterminate), by presence or absence of brain metastases, and by smoking 
history (current/former or never smoker). 
Revised protocol 04 stopped enrollment in Arm B (nivolumab plus ipilimumab) but continued to randomize eligible 
subjects into either nivolumab plus platinum doublet chemotherapy arm (Arm A) or platinum doublet chemotherapy 
arm (Arm C) in a 1:1 ratio. Randomization to Arm A or Arm C was stratified by PD-L1 expression (1% or < 1%/not 
evaluable/indeterminate), brain metastases (presence or absence), smoking history (current/former or never smoker) 
and prior osimertinib use (yes or no). Approximately 500 subjects were planned to be randomized to Arms A or C. 
Subjects already randomized in Arm B of nivolumab plus ipilimumab remained on treatment at the discretion of the 
investigator. 
Revised protocol 05 updated the study title to align with the updated study design in revised protocol 04. 
Revised protocol 06 adjusts assumptions for PFS endpoint based on external data and revises the number of subjects 
randomized to Arm A and Arm C to approximately 270 in total for statistical analysis of the PFS endpoint. The 
statistical plan is revised for the PFS and OS endpoints. 
PD-L1 expression will be assessed in tumor cells, using 1% as the expression level and categorized into 2 separate 
groups (≥ 1% or < 1%/not evaluable/indeterminate). PD-L1 status will be determined by immunohistochemical (IHC) 
staining of PD-L1 protein in the submitted tumor sample and categorized as follows: 

PD-L1 positive - defined as ≥ 1% tumor cell membrane staining positive in a minimum of 100 evaluable tumor 
cells

PD-L1 negative – defined as < 1% tumor cell membrane staining positive in a minimum of 100 evaluable tumor 
cells

PD-L1 not evaluable/indeterminate- defined as subjects with insufficient quantity tumor biopsy specimens for 
IHC staining and analysis or subjects with tumors that are unable to determine the PD-L1 status, despite 
appropriate amount of tissue sample. For subjects with PD-L1 not evaluable/indeterminate tumors, key efficacy 
and safety parameters will be summarized and grouped with PD-L1 negative subjects. Enrollment in this stratum 
will be capped to 10% of subjects. 
Screening begins by establishing the subject’s initial eligibility and signing of the informed consent (ICF). Subjects 
must be randomized within 42 days of signing the ICF unless otherwise noted. Tumor tissue (archival [slides 
preferably within 6 months before first dose of study drug] or fresh tumor biopsy) must be submitted to a third party 
vendor for determination of PD-L1 status. 
For subjects who failed 1L first- or second-generation TKI, T790M testing will be conducted on tumor tissue (either 
at local laboratory with an approved test or at central laboratory) and only subjects with T790M negative status will 
be randomized. For subjects who failed osimertinib, T790M testing is not required.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
9
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
The subject is randomly assigned to Arm A or Arm C. Enrollment to Arm B is stopped as of revised protocol 04. 
Study treatment must begin within 7 days of randomization.
Arm A: Nivolumab plus Platinum-doublet Chemotherapy (Each Cycle = 21 days [3 weeks])

Nivolumab will be administered IV every 3 weeks with platinum-doublet chemotherapy IV for a maximum of 
4 cycles. 

Nivolumab 360 mg IV, followed by pemetrexed (500 mg/m2) with cisplatin (75 mg/m2) administered on Day 1 
of each cycle

OR 

Nivolumab 360 mg IV, followed by pemetrexed (500 mg/m2) with carboplatin (AUC 5 or 6) administered on
Day 1 of each cycle 
Following completion of the fourth cycle of nivolumab/chemotherapy, all subjects who have not experienced disease 
progression should continue nivolumab 360 mg IV and pemetrexed (500 mg/m2) every 3 weeks until the progression 
of disease, discontinuation due to toxicity, withdrawal of consent, or study closure. Nivolumab should only be 
administered for a maximum of 24 months (96 weeks) from the first study treatment. 
Arm B: Nivolumab plus Ipilimumab (Each Cycle = 14 day [2 weeks])

Nivolumab 3 mg/kg IV will be administered every 2 weeks and ipilimumab 1 mg/kg IV will be administered 
every 6 weeks until the progression of disease, discontinuation due to toxicity, withdrawal of consent, a maximum 
of 24 months (96 weeks) from the first study treatment, or study closure. 
NOTE: As per revised protocol 04, Arm B has closed enrollment.
Arm C: Platinum Doublet Chemotherapy (Each Cycle = 21 days [3 weeks])
Platinum-doublet chemotherapy is administered IV in 3-week cycles for up to a maximum of 4 cycles. 

Pemetrexed (500 mg/m2) with cisplatin (75 mg/m2) administered on Day 1 of each cycle

OR

Pemetrexed (500 mg/m2) with carboplatin (AUC 5 or 6) administered on Day 1 of each cycle. 
Subjects who have stable disease or response after 4 cycles of pemetrexed with cisplatin or carboplatin should continue 
pemetrexed alone as maintenance therapy until disease progression or unacceptable toxicity. 
All Arms
Subjects will be assessed for response by CT or MRI beginning at Week 7 (± 7 days), every 6 weeks (± 7 days) until 
Week 49, and then every 12 weeks (± 7 days) until progression, study treatment discontinuation, or the start of the 
subsequent anti-cancer therapy, whichever occurs later. Tumor assessments must continue per protocol until RECIST 
1.1 progression is confirmed by BICR. OS will be followed continuously while subjects are on the study drugs and 
every 3 months via in-person or phone contact after a subject discontinues the study drugs.
The Follow-Up Phase begins when the decision to discontinue a subject from all treatment, including maintenance, is 
made. 
Subjects will be followed for drug-related toxicities until these toxicities resolve, return to baseline, or are deemed 
irreversible. All adverse events will be documented for a minimum of 100 days after the last dose of study medication. 
After completion of the first 2 follow-up visits, subjects will be followed every 3 months for survival. Survival 
follow-up visits may be performed by phone contact or office visit. 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
10
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Study Population: 
Inclusion:
a)
Eastern Cooperative Group (ECOG) Performance Status 0-1 
b)
Subjects with histologically confirmed Stage IV or recurrent EGFR-mutated (ie, G719X, L861Q, Del 19, and 
L858R) NSCLC (per the 7th International Association for the Study of Lung Cancer classification) with 
disease progression on one or two prior lines of treatment with EGFR TKIs (allowed TKIs must be approved 
by the local health authority, including but not limited to erlotinib, gefitinib afatinib, dacomitinib, and 
osimertinib).
c)
No evidence of exon 20 T790M mutation obtained at progression on prior first- or second-generation EGFR 
TKI therapy. Initial testing of blood samples is allowed in local laboratories using assays approved by local 
Health Authority only to rule out T790M-positive subjects. T790M negative status must be confirmed by a 
central or a local laboratory using the cobas® EGFR Mutation Test v2 (US-IVD) on tissue samples in patients 
failing first- or second-generation TKIs. In osimertinib treated subjects, T790 testing is not required.
d)
Measurable disease according to Response Evaluation Criteria in Solid Tumors version 1.1 (RECIST 1.1)
i)
Target lesions may be located in a previously irradiated field if there is documented (radiographic) 
disease progression in that site after the completion of radiation therapy. 
e)
No prior systemic therapy for advanced or metastatic NSCLC, except for one or two prior lines of first- or 
second-generation EGFR TKI and/or osimertinib. Prior adjuvant or neoadjuvant chemotherapy for early 
stage lung cancer is permitted as long as all toxicities have resolved or stabilized.
i)
Prior EGFR TKI therapy must have been completed at least 2 weeks prior to first dose of study treatment
ii)
Switch between first- or second-generation EGFR TKI due to toxicity with no evidence of disease 
progression is acceptable and will not be considered as multiple lines of EGFR therapy. Switch treatment 
to osimertinib is also allowed. Further questions regarding eligibility of subjects with TKI treatment 
should be directed to the Medical Monitor. 
iii)
Prior treatment with the combination of an EGFR TKI and a VEGF inhibitors (eg, bevacizumab, 
ramucirumab) is allowed. 
f)
Subjects must have sample available for PD-L1 IHC testing by the central lab. For subjects who were treated 
with first- or second- generation TKI, T790M testing using tissue sample will be performed by a central or 
local laboratory during the screening period. For subjects who were treated with osimertinib, T790M testing 
is not required.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
11
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
i)
Either a formalin-fixed, paraffin-embedded (FFPE) tissue block or unstained tumor tissue sections, with 
an associated pathology report, must be submitted 
 prior to randomization. The 
tumor tissue sample may be fresh or archival prior to enrollment, and there has been no systemic therapy 
given after the sample was obtained (except prior 1L or 2L EGFR TKIs).The archival tissue is preferred 
to be obtained within 6 months before the study treatment. If the archival tissue was obtained > 6 months 
before the study treatment, the approval of Medical Monitor is required. 
ii)
Tissue must be a core needle biopsy, excisional, or incisional biopsy. Fine needle biopsies or drainage 
of pleural effusions with cytospins are not considered adequate for 
 review and randomization. 
Biopsies of bone lesions that do not have a soft tissue component or decalcified bone tumor samples are 
also not acceptable
g)
Subjects are eligible if CNS metastases are considered to be adequately controlled and/or treated before or 
during the screening period and subjects are neurologically returned to baseline (except for residual signs or 
symptoms related to the CNS treatment) for at least 2 weeks prior to randomization. In addition, subjects 
must be either off corticosteroids, or on a stable or decreasing dose of ≤ 10 mg daily prednisone (or 
equivalent) for at least 2 weeks prior to randomization. Subjects with asymptomatic CNS metastasis are 
eligible.
Exclusion: 
a)
Subjects with known EGFR mutation, T790M positive who failed the 1L first- or second-generation 
generation TKI should receive osimertinib first as the SOC. These subjects are only eligible if they fail 
osimertinib as 2L.
b)
Subjects with known ALK translocations which are sensitive to available targeted inhibitor therapy are 
excluded. If tested, use of an FDA-approved test is strongly encouraged. Subjects with unknown or 
indeterminate ALK status may be enrolled. 
c)
As of Amendment 02, the criterion regarding CNS metastases was moved to the Inclusion Criteria. 
d)
Subjects with carcinomatous meningitis 
e)
As of Amendment 1, the criterion excluding known cMET amplification is no longer applicable. 
f)
Subjects with known SCLC transformation
g)
Subjects who have progressed within 3 months of the first dose of 1L or 2L EGFR TKI. 
Study Drug: includes both Investigational [Medicinal] Products (IP/IMP) and Non-investigational [Medicinal] 
Products (Non-IP/Non-IMP) as listed:
Study Drug for CA209722
Medication 
Potency 
IP/Non-IP 
Nivolumab Solution for Injection 
100 mg (10 mg/mL)
IP
Ipilimumab Solution for Injection
200 mg (5mg/mL)
IP
Carboplatin Solution for Injection 
450 mg/vial (10 mg/mL)
IP
Carboplatin Injection (China)
Varies per market product
IP
Cisplatin Concentrate for Solution for 
Infusion 
100 mg/vial (1 mg/mL)
IP
Cisplatin Infusion (China)
Varies per market product
IP
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
12
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Study Drug for CA209722
Medication 
Potency 
IP/Non-IP 
Pemetrexed Powder for Concentrate 
for Solution for Infusion 
500 mg/vial
IP
Pemetrexed Disodium for Injection 
(China)
500 mg/vial
IP
NOTE: As per revised protocol 04, Arm B has closed enrollment.
Study Assessments: 
Efficacy
Radiographic tumor response will be assessed starting at Week 7 (± 7 days), then every 6 weeks (± 7 days) until Week 
49 and every 12 weeks (± 7 days) thereafter, until disease progression is documented treatment is discontinued 
(whichever occurs later), or the start of subsequent anti-cancer therapy. Subjects with brain metastasis may have 
surveillance MRI (preferred) or CT with contrast approximately every 12 weeks from the date of first dose, or sooner 
if clinically indicated. 
Tumor measurements should be made by the same investigator or radiologist for each assessment whenever possible. 
Change in tumor measurements and tumor response will be assessed by the BICR using the RECIST 1.1 criteria. 
Safety
Subjects will be evaluated for safety if they have received any study drug. Toxicity assessments will be continuous 
during the treatment phase. Once subjects reach the survival follow-up phase, either in person or documented 
telephone calls to assess the subject’s status are acceptable. Adverse events and laboratory values will be graded 
according to the NCI-CTCAE version 4. 
Outcomes Research Assessments
The EQ-5D-3L will be collected in order to assess the impact of study treatment on generic health-related quality of 
life, which will also be used in populating health economic models most notably, a cost effectiveness analysis. The 
Lung Cancer Symptom Scale (LCSS) will be collected to assess the impact of study treatment on patient reported 
disease-related symptoms. 
Statistical Considerations:
Sample Size: 
The study accounts for primary endpoint PFS assessed by BICR comparison between nivolumab plus 
pemetrexed/platinum (Arm A) vs pemetrexed plus platinum (Arm C). No interim analysis for PFS is planned. A two-
month delayed separation in PFS was assumed, with a pemetrexed plus platinum arm median PFS of 4.5 months and 
a nivolumab plus pemetrexed/platinum arm with median PFS of 6.5 months. Approximately 233 PFS events observed 
among the 270 randomized subjects (135 per Arms A and C), provide an average 83% power to detect a HR of 0.692
with type 1 error of 0.05.
Previously (before revised protocol 04), subjects were randomized among 3 arms in a 1:1:1 ratio. 
Revised protocol 04 withholds randomization into Arm B of nivolumab plus ipilimumab but continues randomizing 
eligible subjects into either nivolumab plus platinum doublet chemotherapy arm (Arm A) or platinum doublet 
chemotherapy arm (Arm C) in 1:1 ratio. Approximately 270 subjects will be randomized between Arms A and C. 
The PFS analysis will be conducted when the following conditions have been met: 233 PFS events have been reported 
and/or minimum follow up is at least 6 months. After analysis of PFS by BICR, OS will be tested in a hierarchical 
fashion.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
13
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Endpoints: PFS assessment by BICR is the primary endpoint for this study. PFS is defined as the time between the 
date of randomization and the first date of documented progression, as determined by BICR, or death, whichever 
occurs first. Subjects who die without a reported progression will be considered to have progressed on the date of their 
death. Subjects who did not progress or die will be censored on the date of their last evaluable tumor assessment. 
Subjects who did not have any on-study tumor assessments and did not die will be censored on their date of 
randomization. Subjects who started non-study anti-cancer therapy without a prior reported progression will be 
censored on the date of their last evaluable tumor assessment or prior to the initiation of subsequent anti-cancer 
therapy.

OS is the key secondary endpoint: OS is defined as the time between the date of randomization and the date of 
death. OS will be censored on the last date a subject was known to be alive.

ORR per RECIST 1.1 by BICR is a secondary endpoint. The ORR is defined as the number of subjects with a 
best objective response (BOR) of complete response (CR) or partial response (PR) divided by the number of 
randomized subjects for each treatment group. The BOR is defined as the best response designation, as determined 
by BICR, recorded between the date of randomization and the date of objectively documented progression per 
RECIST 1.1 or the date of subsequent anti-cancer therapy, whichever occurs first. For subjects without 
documented progression or subsequent therapy, all available response designations will contribute to the BOR 
assessment.

The other secondary endpoints include duration of response (DOR) by BICR and the 9-month and 12-month PFS 
rates by BICR. DOR is defined as the time between the date of first confirmed response to the date of the first 
documented tumor progression (per RECIST 1.1) by BICR or death. Subjects who neither progress nor die will 
be censored on the date of their last assessment.
Exploratory Endpoints:

Safety and tolerability objective will be measured by the incidence of adverse events, serious adverse events, 
death, and laboratory abnormalities 

PFS, OS, and ORR by PD-L1 status (1% and < 1%/not evaluable/indeterminate) (source: clinical database)

To assess health-related quality of life using the EQ-5D-3L and LCSS

To evaluate ORR, PFS and OS in the subjects treated with nivolumab plus ipilimumab (Arm B) 

To evaluate PFS after next line of treatment (PFS2) of nivolumab plus pemetrexed/platinum vs. pemetrexed plus 
platinum in EGFR mutation positive, metastatic or recurrent NSCLC
Analyses: Analysis of PFS will be conducted first followed by analysis of OS in hierarchical order. Primary PFS 
analysis will be conducted using a 2-sided log-rank test stratified by PD-L1 status, by presence or absence of brain 
metastases, smoking history (current/former smokers or never smokers) and prior use of osimertinib in randomized 
subjects to compare Arm A to Arm C. HR and corresponding 2-sided 95% CI will be estimated using a Cox 
proportional hazards model, with treatment group as a single covariate, stratified by the above stratification factors. 
PFS curves, PFS medians with 95% CIs, and PFS rates at 6, 9 and 12 months with 95% CIs will be estimated using 
Kaplan-Meier methodology.
The key secondary endpoint of OS will be tested if PFS superiority is demonstrated for Arm A versus Arm C. The OS 
hypothesis testing will be conducted using a 2-sided log-rank test stratified by PD-L1 status, by presence or absence 
of brain metastases, smoking history, and by prior use of osimertinib in all randomized subjects to compare Arm A to 
Arm C. HR and corresponding 2-sided 95% CI will be estimated using a Cox proportional hazards model, with 
treatment group as a single covariate, stratified by the stratification factors. OS curves, OS medians with 95% CIs, 
and OS rates at 9, 12, and 24 months with 95% CIs will be estimated using Kaplan-Meier methodology.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
14
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
ORR analysis will be conducted at the time for PFS analysis. An estimate of the difference in ORRs and corresponding 
95% CI will be calculated using Cochran-Mantel-Haenszel (CMH) methodology and stratified by PD-L1 status, by 
presence or absence of brain metastases, smoking status, and by prior use of osimertinib to compare Arm A to Arm 
C. Additionally, ORRs and their corresponding 95% exact CIs will be calculated using the Clopper-Pearson method 
for each arm.
PFS, OS, and ORR will be analyzed within each PD-L1 status subgroup (1% and < 1%/not evaluable/indeterminate 
(source: clinical database) by applying unstratified model. These analyses by PD-L1 status will be descriptive and not 
adjusted for multiplicity. 
Descriptive analyses for PFS, OS and ORR will be provided for Arm B. 
Safety analyses will be performed in all treated subjects. Descriptive statistics of safety will be presented using NCI 
CTCAE version 4. All on-study AEs, drug-related, AEs, SAEs and drug-related SAEs will be tabulated using worst 
grade per NCI CTCAE v4 criteria by system organ class and MedDRA preferred term. On study lab parameters 
including hematology, chemistry, liver function, thyroid function, and renal function will be summarized using worst 
grade per NCI CTCAE v4 criteria.
LCSS and EQ-5D-3L questionnaire complete rates, defined as the proportion of questionnaires actually received out 
of the expected number (ie, the number of subjects still on treatment in follow-up), will be calculated and summarized 
at each assessment point (each on-treatment assessment and assessments at Follow-up Visits 1 and 2). 
The rate of disease-related symptom improvement as measured by the LCSS average symptom burden index (ASBI) 
at 12 and 24 weeks after the first dose (at Weeks 13 and 25 assessments) and its corresponding 95% exact CIs will 
also be calculated by Clopper-Pearson method for each randomized arms (all randomized patients). In a similar 
fashion, the rate of disease-related symptoms stability (no improvement or worsening) and rate of symptom worsening 
at 12 and 24 weeks after the first dose (at Weeks 13 and 25 assessments) will be calculated. For the each of these time 
periods (Weeks 13 and 25), an odds ratio across study arms (and its 95% CI) of the proportion of patients at each level 
(improvement, stability, worsening) will be calculated, with Arm A being compared to Arm C. In addition, the time 
to first symptom deterioration (TTSD) as measured by the ASBI of the LCSS will be evaluated, with the TTSD in 
Arm A to be compared to Arm C. The LCSS ASBI score and its change from baseline will be summarized using 
descriptive statistics (N, mean, median, SD, and 95% CI) at each assessment point by treatment group as randomized.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
15
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


TABLE OF CONTENTS 
TITLE PAGE ................................................................................................................ 
DOCUMENT HISTORY .............................................................................................. 
OVERALL RATIONALE FOR REVISED PROTOCOL 06: ..................................... 
SUMMARY OF KEY CHANGES FOR REVISED PROTOCOL 06 ......................... 
SYNOPSIS .................................................................................................................... 
TABLE OF CONTENTS .............................................................................................. 
1 INTRODUCTION AND STUDY RATIONALE ..................................................... 
1.1 Study Rationale ................................................................................................. 
1.1.1 Rationale of Combining Nivolumab with Chemotherapy (Arm A) .......... 
1.1.2 Rationale for Combination of Nivolumab and Ipilimumab (Arm B): ...... 
1.1.3 Rationale for Removing Combination of Nivolumab and Ipilimumab Arm
..................................................................................................................... 
1.1.4 Rationale for Adding Subjects Previously Treated with Osimertinib ...... 
1.1.5 Stratification by PD-L1 Expression, Smoking History, Brain Metastasis, 
and Osimertinib Use ................................................................................... 
1.1.6 Rationale for Nivolumab 360 mg Flat Dose ............................................ 
1.1.7 Rationale for 24 Month Duration of Treatment ....................................... 
1.1.8 Rationale for Shorter Infusion Times for Nivolumab and Ipilimumab .... 
1.1.9 Rationale for Platinum Doublet Chemotherapy as Comparator ............. 
1.1.10 Rationale for Open-Label Design .......................................................... 
1.1.11 Rationale for Permitting Continued Treatment in Select Cases of 
Progressive Disease .................................................................................... 
1.1.12 Rational for Revised Sample Size .......................................................... 
1.2 Research Hypothesis ......................................................................................... 
1.3 Objectives(s) ..................................................................................................... 
1.3.1 Primary Objectives .................................................................................. 
1.3.2 Secondary Objectives ............................................................................... 
1.3.3 Exploratory Objectives: ........................................................................... 
1.4 Product Development Background ................................................................... 
1.4.1 Mechanism of Action of Nivolumab ......................................................... 
1.4.2 Clinical Pharmacology Summary ............................................................ 
1.4.3 Mechanism of Action of Ipilimumab ........................................................ 
1.4.4 Treatment of EGFR Mutation, T790M NSCLC whose Tumor Progressed 
on 1L EGFR TKI ......................................................................................... 
1.4.4.1 Cisplatin .......................................................................................... 
1.4.4.2 Carboplatin ..................................................................................... 
1.4.4.3 Pemetrexed ...................................................................................... 
1.5 Overall Risk/Benefit Assessment ..................................................................... 
2 ETHICAL CONSIDERATIONS ............................................................................... 
2.1 Good Clinical Practice ...................................................................................... 
2.2 Institutional Review Board/Independent Ethics Committee ............................. 
2.3 Informed Consent.............................................................................................. 
3 INVESTIGATIONAL PLAN .................................................................................... 
3.1 Study Design and Duration ............................................................................... 








































&OLQLFDO3URWRFRO
%06
&$
QLYROXPDE
5HYLVHG3URWRFRO1R
'DWH-XO

8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


3.2 Post Study Access to Therapy .......................................................................... 
3.3 Study Population ............................................................................................... 
3.3.1 Inclusion Criteria ..................................................................................... 
3.3.2 Exclusion Criteria .................................................................................... 
3.3.3 Women of Childbearing Potential ........................................................... 
3.4 Concomitant Treatments ................................................................................... 
3.4.1 Prohibited and/or Restricted Treatments................................................. 
3.4.2 Other Restrictions and Precautions ......................................................... 
3.4.3 Permitted Therapy ................................................................................... 
3.4.3.1 Palliative Local Therapy................................................................. 
3.5 Discontinuation of Subjects following any Treatment with Study Drug .......... 
3.6 Post Study Drug Study Follow up .................................................................... 
3.6.1 Withdrawal of Consent ............................................................................ 
3.6.2 Lost to Follow-Up .................................................................................... 
4 STUDY DRUG .......................................................................................................... 
4.1 Investigational Product ..................................................................................... 
4.2 Non-investigational Product ............................................................................. 
4.3 Storage of Study Drug ...................................................................................... 
4.4 Method of Assigning Subject Identification ..................................................... 
4.5 Selection and Timing of Dose for Each Subject ............................................... 
4.5.1 Nivolumab plus Pemetrexed and Cisplatin or Carboplatin (Arm A) ....... 
4.5.1.1 Nivolumab plus Pemetrexed and Cisplatin ..................................... 
4.5.1.2 Nivolumab plus Pemetrexed/Carboplatin ....................................... 
4.5.2 Nivolumab plus Ipilimumab (Arm B) ....................................................... 
4.5.3 Pemetrexed and Cisplatin or Carboplatin (Arm C) ................................. 
4.5.3.1 Pemetrexed/Cisplatin With Pemetrexed Continuation Maintenance
............................................................................................................... 
4.5.3.2 Pemetrexed/Carboplatin With Pemetrexed Continuation 
Maintenance .......................................................................................... 
4.5.4 Dose Delay Criteria ................................................................................. 
4.5.4.1 Dose Delay Criteria for Arm A (Nivolumab plus Platinum-Doublet 
Chemotherapy) ...................................................................................... 
4.5.4.2 Dose Delay for Arm B (Nivolumab plus Ipilimumab) .................... 
4.5.4.3 Dose Delay Criteria for Platinum Doublet Chemotherapy ............ 
4.5.5 Dose Reductions....................................................................................... 
4.5.5.1 Dose Reductions for Nivolumab or Ipilimumab ............................. 
4.5.5.2 Dose Reductions for Platinum Doublet Chemotherapy .................. 
4.5.6 Criteria to Resume Dosing....................................................................... 
4.5.6.1 Criteria to Resume Nivolumab Dosing ........................................... 
4.5.6.2 Criteria to Resume Ipilimumab Dosing .......................................... 
4.5.6.3 Criteria to Resume Platinum Doublet Chemotherapy Dosing ....... 
4.5.7 Treatment Discontinuation Criteria ........................................................ 
4.5.7.1 Nivolumab Dose Discontinuation ................................................... 
4.5.7.2 Ipilimumab Dose Discontinuation .................................................. 
4.5.7.3 Platinum Doublet Chemotherapy Dose Discontinuation ............... 
4.5.8 Treatment Beyond Disease Progression (Arms A and B) ........................ 











































&OLQLFDO3URWRFRO
%06
&$
QLYROXPDE
5HYLVHG3URWRFRO1R
'DWH-XO

8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


4.5.9 Nivolumab and Ipilimumab Maximum Duration of 24 Months ............... 
4.5.10 Management Algorithms for Immuno-Oncology Agents ....................... 
4.5.11 Treatment of Nivolumab or Ipilimumab Infusion Reactions .................. 
4.6 Blinding/Unblinding ......................................................................................... 
4.7 Treatment Compliance ...................................................................................... 
4.8 Destruction or Return of Investigational Product ............................................. 
4.9 Retained Samples for Bioavailability / Bioequivalence ................................... 
5 STUDY ASSESSMENTS AND PROCEDURES ..................................................... 
5.1 Flow Chart/Time and Events Schedule ............................................................. 
5.1.1 Retesting During Screening or Lead-in Period ....................................... 
5.2 Study Materials ................................................................................................. 
5.3 Safety Assessments ........................................................................................... 
5.3.1 Imaging Assessment for the Study............................................................ 
5.3.2 ECOG Performance Status ...................................................................... 
5.3.3 Thyroid Function Testing (Arms A and B only) ....................................... 
5.3.3.1 Electrocardiogram (ECG) .............................................................. 
5.4 Efficacy Assessments ........................................................................................ 
5.4.1 Primary Efficacy Assessment ................................................................... 
5.4.2 Secondary Efficacy Assessment ............................................................... 
5.6 Biomarker Assessments .................................................................................... 
5.6.1 Tumor Tissue Specimens .......................................................................... 
5.7 Outcomes Research Assessments ..................................................................... 
5.8 Other Assessments ............................................................................................ 
6 ADVERSE EVENTS ................................................................................................. 
6.1 Serious Adverse Events .................................................................................... 
6.1.1 Serious Adverse Event Collection and Reporting .................................... 
6.2 Nonserious Adverse Events .............................................................................. 
6.2.1 Nonserious Adverse Event Collection and Reporting .............................. 
6.3 Laboratory Test Result Abnormalities .............................................................. 
6.4 Pregnancy .......................................................................................................... 
6.5 Overdose ........................................................................................................... 
6.6 Potential Drug Induced Liver Injury (DILI) ..................................................... 
6.7 Other Safety Considerations ............................................................................. 
6.7.1 Adverse Events of Interest ........................................................................ 
7 DATA MONITORING COMMITTEE AND OTHER EXTERNAL COMMITTEES
................................................................................................................................. 
8 STATISTICAL CONSIDERATIONS....................................................................... 
8.1 Sample Size Determination ............................................................................... 
8.2 Populations for Analyses .................................................................................. 
8.3 Endpoints .......................................................................................................... 
8.3.1 Primary Endpoint(s) ................................................................................ 
8.3.2 Secondary Endpoint(s) ............................................................................. 
8.3.3 Exploratory Endpoint(s) .......................................................................... 










































&OLQLFDO3URWRFRO
%06
&$
QLYROXPDE
5HYLVHG3URWRFRO1R
'DWH-XO

8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


8.4 Analyses ............................................................................................................ 
8.4.1 Demographics and Baseline Characteristics........................................... 
8.4.2 Efficacy Analyses ..................................................................................... 
8.4.3 Safety Analyses......................................................................................... 
8.4.6 Outcomes Research Analyses .................................................................. 
8.4.7 Other Analyses ......................................................................................... 
8.5 Interim Analyses ............................................................................................... 
9 STUDY MANAGEMENT ........................................................................................ 
9.1 Compliance ....................................................................................................... 
9.1.1 Compliance with the Protocol and Protocol Revisions ........................... 
9.1.2 Monitoring ............................................................................................... 
9.1.2.1 Source Documentation .................................................................... 
9.2 Records ............................................................................................................. 
9.2.1 Records Retention .................................................................................... 
9.2.2 Study Drug Records ................................................................................. 
9.2.3 Case Report Forms .................................................................................. 
9.3 Clinical Study Report and Publications ............................................................ 
10 GLOSSARY OF TERMS ........................................................................................ 
11 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS .................................................................................. 
12 REFERENCES ........................................................................................................ 
APPENDIX 1 WOMEN OF CHILDBEARING POTENTIAL DEFINITIONS AND 
METHODS OF CONTRACEPTION ..................................................................... 
APPENDIX 2 MANAGEMENT ALGORITHMS FOR IMMUNO-ONCOLOGY 
AGENTS ................................................................................................................. 
APPENDIX 3 ECOG PERFORMANCE STATUS ..................................................... 
APPENDIX 4 RESPONSE CRITERIA (RECIST 1.1) ................................................ 
APPENDIX 5 REVISED PROTOCOL SUMMARY OF CHANGE HISTORY ........ 
 

























&OLQLFDO3URWRFRO
%06
&$
QLYROXPDE
5HYLVHG3URWRFRO1R
'DWH-XO

8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
1
INTRODUCTION AND STUDY RATIONALE
Non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC) remains the leading cause of cancer-related mortality 
worldwide, accounting for approximately 18% of all cancer deaths.1 Despite treatment with 
platinum-based chemotherapy, the standard of care for first-line therapy, subjects with metastatic 
NSCLC have a median survival of approximately 10 months, and a 5-year survival rate of less 
than 5%.2 Approximately 85% of lung cancer is NSCLC, and of these, approximately 80% are 
non-squamous, and 20% are squamous histology. The use of platinum-based chemotherapy 
doublets, given for up to 6 cycles, is standard of care for subjects with newly diagnosed advanced 
or metastatic NSCLC who do not have epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) mutation or ALK 
translocation. 
The identification of EGFR-sensitizing mutations in a subset of subjects with lung adenocarcinoma 
has transformed the management of NSCLC. Approximately 15% of Western subjects and up to 
60% of Asian subjects with NSCLC adenocarcinomas have tumors driven by an EGFR mutation.3
Among the newer treatments available for the treatment of NSCLC are targeted therapies including 
erlotinib, gefitinib and afatinib. In a multicenter, open-label trial, subjects with metastatic NSCLC 
whose tumors had EGFR mutations received either erlotinib 150 mg/day orally (n = 86) or doublet 
chemotherapy (n=88). 4 Subjects were stratified by EGFR mutation and Eastern Cooperative 
Oncology Group Performance Status (ECOG PS) (PS 0 vs PS 1 vs PS 2). The trial endpoints 
included progression-free survival (PFS) (primary), overall survival (OS), and objective response 
rate (ORR) (secondary). A median PFS of 10.4 months was observed in the erlotinib arm versus 
5.2 months in the platinum-based chemotherapy arm (hazard ratio [HR] 0.34 [95% confidence 
interval [CI]: 0.23, 0.49], P < 0.001). Median OS was 22.9 months and 19.5 months in the erlotinib 
and chemotherapy arms, respectively (HR 0.93 [95% CI: 0.64, 1.35], P = 0.6482). Subjects on the 
erlotinib arm had an ORR of 65% while those on the chemotherapy arm had an ORR of 16%.  
Despite an impressive ORR and PFS, most subjects develop progression of disease on tyrosine 
kinase inhibitor (TKI) therapy after a median of 10-16 months.5 In approximately 50% of cases, 
progression is attributable to the secondary mutation, T790M in exon 20 of EGFR.6 In 2015, the 
FDA approved AZD9291, a third-generation irreversible EGFR TKI for treatment of subjects with 
EGFR T790M mutation-positive NSCLC, as detected by an FDA-approved test, who have 
progressed on or after EGFR TKI therapy. In T790M-positive, AZD9291 achieved an ORR of 
64%; however, similar benefit was not observed in the T790M negative population where the ORR 
was only 22%.7 Therapeutic options for T790M negative subjects are limited, with chemotherapy 
remaining as the standard of care. Although limited data exists in this population, subgroup 
analysis suggests that these subjects achieve clinical benefit to chemotherapy comparable to those 
observed in the EGFR wild-type population. In the IMPRESS study, subjects were randomized 
1:1 to either gefitinib 250 mg once daily or placebo and cisplatin 75 mg/m2 and pemtrexed 
500 mg/mg2. The median PFS was 5.4 months in both groups (95% CI in the geftinib group, 
4.5, 5.7; in the placebo group 4.6, 5.5). The objective response rate 32% in the gefitinib group and 
34% in the placebo group (odds ratio, 0.92, 95% CI 0.55, 1.55).8
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
20
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Immunotherapeutic approaches recently have demonstrated clinical efficacy in several cancer 
types, including melanoma, head and neck squamous cell, hormone-refractory prostate cancer, 
renal cell carcinoma (RCC), and squamous and non-squamous NSCLC.9 Tumors may modulate 
and evade the host immune response through a number of mechanisms, including down regulation 
of tumor-specific antigen expression and presentation, secretion of anti-inflammatory cytokines, 
and upregulation of inhibitory ligands. T cell checkpoint regulators such as CTLA-4 and 
programmed death-1 (PD-1, CD279) are cell surface molecules that, when engaged by their 
cognate ligands, induce signaling cascades down-regulating T cell activation and proliferation.  
One proposed model by which therapeutic T cell checkpoint inhibitors derive antitumor activity is 
through breaking of immune tolerance to tumor cell antigens.
Nivolumab (BMS-936558) is a fully human, IgG4 (kappa) isotype mAb that binds PD-1 on 
activated immune cells and disrupts engagement of the receptor with its ligands PD-L1 (B7 
H1/CD274) and PD-L2 (B7-DC/CD273), thereby abrogating inhibitory signals and augmenting 
the host antitumor response. In early clinical trials, nivolumab has demonstrated activity in several 
tumor types, including melanoma, RCC, and NSCLC.10
Nivolumab is now approved in the United States and Europe to treat metastatic NSCLC in subjects 
with progression on or after platinum-based chemotherapy and who have progressed after EGFR 
TKI. Nivolumab is also approved for metastatic melanoma, previously-treated classical Hodgkin 
lymphoma, previously-treated squamous cell carcinoma of head and neck, previously-treated 
advanced RCC, and previously-treated locally advanced or metastatic urothelial carcinoma. 
Nivolumab is also approved in Japan for treatment of subjects with unresectable melanoma, 
advanced or recurrent NSCLC, and previously-treated locally advanced or metastatic urothelial 
carcinoma.11
The approval in squamous NSCLC was based on the results of CA209017, a randomized trial of 
nivolumab versus docetaxel. The median OS for subjects in the nivolumab arm was 9.2 months 
versus 6 months for those in the docetaxel arm (HR = 0.59). Improvement in survival was observed 
for nivolumab regardless of PD-L1 expression, though there was a trend toward better efficacy for 
those with PD-L1 expressing tumors.12 A single arm trial (CA209063) of 117 subjects with 
metastatic squamous NSCLC with progression after platinum-based chemotherapy and at least 
1 additional systemic regimen showed a 15% ORR, of whom 59% had response durations of 
6 months or longer.13
The approval in non-squamous NSCLC is based on a second Phase 3 study, CA209057, which 
met its primary endpoint of superior OS of nivolumab versus docetaxel in subjects with previously 
treated non-squamous NSCLC at a preplanned interim analysis.14 Subjects in the nivolumab arm 
had a 27% reduction in risk of death (HR = 0.73; P = 0.0015). Interaction p values, reported for 
PD-L1 expression subgroups by each of the predefined expression levels (1%, 5%, and 10%), 
suggested a clinically important signal of a predictive association. Nivolumab also significantly 
improved ORR vs docetaxel (P=0.0246), with ORR as high as 36% in subjects with PD-L1 
expressing tumors. OS approximately doubled with nivolumab vs docetaxel across the PD-L1 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
21
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
expression continuum. In contrast, no statistically significant difference in OS was seen between 
nivolumab and docetaxel when PD L1 was not expressed in the tumor, although PD-L1 
non-expressers also experience durable responses. Subjects with known EGFR mutation that 
progressed after prior TKI therapy and chemotherapy were eligible for this trial. Single agent 
activity of nivolumab appears to be less active in patients with known EGFR mutations (HR = 
1.18, 95% CI: 0.69, 2.00).
In general, nivolumab is well tolerated, with a favorable safety profile relative to anticipated 
toxicities based on an immunostimulatory mechanism of action.
Combining immunotherapeutic agents with different mechanisms of action offers the possibility 
of a synergistic response. 
PD-1 and CTLA-4 are both co-inhibitory molecules, but evidence suggests that they use distinct 
mechanisms to limit T cell activation. Preliminary indirect data from peripheral T cell assessments 
suggest that a given T-cell checkpoint inhibitor may modulate host immune cell phenotype 
rendering them more susceptible to alternate checkpoint inhibitors and thereby enhancing 
anti-tumor activity. 
The safety and efficacy was investigated in a Phase 3 clinical trial in patients with advanced 
melanoma. Significant improvements were seen in median PFS, investigator-assessed ORR, and 
change in tumor burden in those subjects receiving the nivolumab and ipilimumab combination 
compared to nivolumab monotherapy or ipilimumab monotherapy. Although the data suggests an 
increase in adverse event frequency of nivolumab and ipilimumab combination regimen as seen in 
ipilimumab monotherapy or nivolumab monotherapy, there were no unexpected AEs noted in the 
combination regimen of nivolumab and ipilimumab.15 The FDA approved the combination of 
nivolumab and ipilimumab for the treatment of BRAF V600 wild type or V600 mutation positive 
unresectable or metastatic melanoma in January of 2016.
In study CA209012, the combination of nivolumab plus ipilimumab is being evaluated at several 
different doses and schedules. While the schedule evaluated in melanoma was not found to be 
tolerable in NSCLC, the study identified alternative schedules with an acceptable tolerability 
profile and encouraging activity with response rates greater than 39%. PFS and OS are encouraging 
in the nivolumab 3 mg/kg every 2 weeks and ipilimumab 1 mg/kg every 6 week (Q6) or every 
12 week (Q12) week cohorts. Subjects with known EGFR mutation who have received prior EGFR 
TKI were eligible to participate. Similar clinical activity was observed regardless of EGFR 
mutation. A confirmed ORR of 50% was observed in the 8 subjects with known EGFR mutation 
(who were on different dosing schedules). The median PFS was 13.6 months, and OS was not 
reached at the time of the analysis.
Nivolumab added to chemotherapy has been evaluated in several cohorts of chemotherapy-naive 
subjects with advanced NSCLC in study CA209012. Nivolumab 10 mg/kg was combined with 
gemcitabine and cisplatin and pemetrexed and cisplatin. Nivolumab 10 mg/kg and 5 mg/kg was 
combined with paclitaxel and carboplatin.16
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
22
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
The safety profile of nivolumab plus platinum-doublet chemotherapy reflects additive toxicities of 
the individual agents, which were manageable using established safety guidelines. No 
dose-limiting toxicities were observed during first 6 weeks of treatment. The observed response 
rates of nivolumab and chemotherapy were similar to that of platinum-doublet chemotherapy 
alone, though the duration of responses is longer. The median duration of response across all the 
nivolumab and chemotherapy cohorts was 27.3 weeks. The 1-year survival rate for all cohorts 
combined is 71%.
Study CA209012 also evaluated the safety, tolerability, and clinical activity of nivolumab 
combined with erlotinib (20 TKI pretreated, 1 TKI naïve).17 The erlotinib-naïve subject achieved 
a near complete response (CR) at the time of data analysis (duration 72.3+weeks; ongoing). Three 
erlotinib-pretreated subjects achieved a PR. Responses were seen in subjects who had previously 
received multiple lines of EGFR inhibitor therapy and regardless of T790M mutation. Responses 
were ongoing in 3 subjects at the time of analysis. PFS rate at 24 weeks was 51% while median 
PFS was 29.4 weeks. The 1-year OS rate was 73% (median OS not reached).
As of revised protocol 04, CA209722 is an open-label, randomized Phase 3 trial of nivolumab plus 
pemetrexed/platinum versus pemetrexed/platinum in EGFR mutation positive NSCLC whose 
tumor has progressed on 1L or 2L EGFR TKI. 
The central questions of the study will be to determine if concurrent administration of nivolumab 
plus pemetrexed/platinum improves PFS compared to pemetrexed/platinum in EGFR mutation 
positive NSCLC whose tumor has progressed on 1L or 2L EGFR TKI.
1.1
Study Rationale
1.1.1
Rationale of Combining Nivolumab with Chemotherapy (Arm A)
The interaction of a tumor with the immune system is complex. Tumors and the tumor 
microenvironment are known to express a variety of factors that impede a robust immune response 
from eliminating the tumor. Soluble and membrane-bound factors have been shown to inhibit the 
cytolytic activity of tumor infiltrating T-cells (eg, PD-L1 expression; TGF-beta). In addition, some 
tumor-derived factors are able to enhance the immune system counter-regulatory systems (eg, 
increased T-regulatory cells). Finally, suboptimal tumor antigen delivery and presentation has been 
postulated as another mechanism by which tumors can successfully evade immune system 
recognition. 
Cancer therapeutics such as chemotherapy may modulate tumor/immune-system interactions in 
favor of the immune system. Chemotherapy can result in tumor cell death with a resultant increase 
in tumor antigen delivery to antigen-presenting cells. Tumor cell death may also lead to a reduction 
in soluble and membrane-bound factors inhibiting tumor-infiltrating T-cells. Chemotherapy may 
also disrupt immune system regulatory networks by decreasing numbers of T-regulatory cells.
Nivolumab added to chemotherapy has been evaluated in several cohorts of chemotherapy-naive 
subjects with advanced NSCLC in study CA209012. Nivolumab 10 mg/kg was combined with 
gemcitabine and cisplatin and pemetrexed + cisplatin. Nivolumab 10 mg/kg and 5 mg/kg was 
combined with paclitaxel and carboplatin.16
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
23
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
The safety profile of nivolumab plus platinum-doublet chemotherapy reflects additive toxicities of 
the individual agents, which were manageable using established safety guidelines. No 
dose-limiting toxicities were observed during first 6 weeks of treatment. The frequency of most 
immune-related select AEs was higher for the combination than what has been observed for 
nivolumab monotherapy. However, these treatment-related AEs, including pneumonitis, were 
effectively managed and did not lead to any deaths. Pneumonitis of any grade was reported in 
7 subjects (13%): Grade 3-4 in 4 subjects (7%). Twelve (21%) subjects discontinued due to 
treatment-related AEs (Table 1.1.1-1).
The observed response rates of nivolumab and chemotherapy were similar to that of 
platinum-doublet chemotherapy alone, though the duration of response is longer. In the 15 subjects 
that received nivolumab 10 mg/kg plus pemetrexed and cisplatin, 47% achieved a PR or CR. The 
median duration of response was 24.4 weeks with a 1-year survival rate of 87% (Table 1.1.1-2). 
Published data suggest that clinical benefit to chemotherapy alone is similar in EGFR mutation 
positive and wild-type patients. Although the clinical activity of nivolumab and chemotherapy in 
EGFR mutation positive patients has not been established, the addition of nivolumab to 
chemotherapy may prolong the durability of response translating in a survival benefit. 
Activity was evaluated by PD-L1 expression and was observed in subjects with both PD-L1 
expressing and non-expressing tumors. Overall, 79% (44/56) of subjects had evaluable tumor 
samples. At the 1% expression level, the response rate was 48% and 43% for expressers and 
non-expressers, respectively. The 1-year OS was 70% and 76% for expressers and non-expressers, 
respectively.
Table 1.1.1-1:
Safety in CA209012
Total (N=56)
All Grades
Grade 3
Grade 4
Subjects with any 
treatment-related AE, % 
(n)
95 (53)
41 (23)
4 (2)a
Treatment-related AE in >15% of Patients, % (n)
Fatigue 
71(40)
5 (3)
0
Nausea
46 (26)
2 (1)
0
Decrease Appetite
36 (20)
2 (1)
0
Alopecia
30 (17)
0
0
Anemia
27 (15)
4 (2)
0
Rash
27 (15)
2 (1)
0
Arthralgia
21 (12)
0
0
Diarrhea
21 (12)
2 (1)
0
Constipation
20 (11)
0
0
Peripheral Neuropathy
20 (11)
0
0
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
24
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
a Grade 4 events: neutrophil count decreased (n = 1), pneumonitis and neutropenia (n = 1 each; occurred in the same 
patient). 
Table 1.1.1-2:
Efficacy of First-Line Treatment of Nivolumab/Chemotherapy 
Combination in CA209012
Efficacy of First-Line Treatment of Nivolumab/Chemotherapy Combination in CA209012
Nivolumab 10 mg/kg
Nivolumab 5 
mg/kg
Gem/Cis
(n=12)
Pem/Cis
(n=15)
Pac/Carb
(n=15)
Pac/Carb
(n=14)
ORR, %
33
47
47
43
SD, %
58
47
27
43
Median Duration of 
Response, Weeks
45
24.4
27.3
27.3
12-mo OS rate, %
50
87
72
86
18-mo OS Rate, %
33
60
40
62
Median OS, Weeks
51
83
65
Not Reached
1.1.2
Rationale for Combination of Nivolumab and Ipilimumab (Arm B):
NOTE: As per revised protocol 04, Arm B has closed enrollment.
Combining immunotherapeutic agents with different mechanisms of action offers the possibility 
of synergistic response. PD-1 and CTLA-4 are both co-inhibitory molecules, but evidence suggests 
that they use distinct mechanisms to limit T-cell activation. Preliminary indirect data from 
peripheral T-cell assessments suggests that a given T-cell checkpoint inhibitor may modulate host 
immune cell phenotype rendering them more susceptible to alternate checkpoint inhibitors and 
thereby enhancing anti-tumor activity.
Preclinical data indicate that the combination of PD-1 and CTLA-4 receptor blockade may 
improve antitumor activity. In vitro combinations of nivolumab plus ipilimumab increase IFN-γ 
production 2- to 7-fold over either agent alone in a mixed lymphocyte reaction. Increased 
antitumor activity of the combination was also observed in 3 of 5 syngeneic murine cancer models. 
In a murine melanoma vaccine model, blockade with either CTLA-4 or PD-1 antibodies increased 
the proportion of CTLA-4 and PD-1-expressing CD4/CD8 tumor infiltrating T effector cells, and 
dual blockade increased tumor infiltration of T effector cells and decreased intratumoral 
T regulatory cells, as compared to either agent alone.18
The combination of nivolumab and ipilimumab was evaluated in CA209004 (MDX1106-04), a 
Phase 1b, multiple ascending dose study in subjects with treatment-naive and previously-treated 
advanced melanoma. Results showed promising activity with higher but tolerable toxicity than 
ipilimumab alone. Based on these data, CA209069, a Phase 2 study, compared the combination to 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
25
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
ipilimumab alone in treatment-naïve subjects with advanced melanoma: nivolumab 1 mg/kg and 
ipilimumab 3 mg/kg every 3 weeks for 4 doses followed by nivolumab 3 mg/kg every 2 weeks 
versus ipilimumab 3 mg/kg every 3 weeks for 4 doses.19 In subjects with BRAF wild type tumors, 
the ORR was 61% (44/72), including 22% (16/72) CRs in the group treated with the combination, 
compared to 11% (4/37) with 0 CRs in those treated with ipilimumab alone. The median PFS was 
not reached in the combination versus 4.4 months for ipilimumab alone (HR = 0.4). Recently, a 
Phase 3 study (CA209067, n = 945) reported significantly improved PFS and ORR with the 
combination of nivolumab and ipilimumab versus ipilimumab alone in previously untreated 
melanoma. The median PFS was 6.9 months (95% confidence interval [CI], 4.3 to 9.5) in the 
nivolumab group, 11.5 months (95% CI, 8.9 to 16.7) in the nivolumab plus ipilimumab group, and 
2.9 months (95% CI, 2.8 to 3.4) in the ipilimumab group. Significantly longer PFS was observed 
in the nivolumab plus ipilimumab group than in the ipilimumab group (hazard ratio for death or 
disease progression, 0.42; 99.5% CI, 0.31 to 0.57; P < 0.001) and in the nivolumab group than in 
the ipilimumab group (hazard ratio, 0.57; 99.5% CI, 0.43 to 0.76; P < 0.001). The hazard ratio for 
the comparison between the nivolumab plus ipilimumab group and the nivolumab group was 
0.74 (95% CI, 0.60 to 0.92).
In addition, deep and durable responses were observed in previously treated, extensive stage small 
cell lung cancer (SCLC), with a response rate of 31.1% with the combination of nivolumab and 
ipilimumab.20
Based on the initial data in melanoma and the activity observed with nivolumab and ipilimumab 
in lung cancer, the nivolumab plus ipilimumab combination has been also evaluated as first-line 
therapy in subjects with advanced NSCLC. In CA209012, early combination cohorts evaluated 
2 dosing schedules that were studied in the CA209004 study in melanoma21:

Nivolumab 1 mg/kg + ipilimumab 3 mg/kg, every 3 weeks for 4 doses, followed by nivolumab 
3 mg/kg q 2 weeks (Arms G and H, n=24);

Nivolumab 3 mg/kg + ipilimumab 1 mg/kg, every 3 weeks for 4 doses, followed by nivolumab 
3 mg/kg q 2 weeks (Arms I and J, n=25)
These regimens resulted in significant toxicity, with 39% of subjects discontinuing treatment due 
to a treatment-related adverse event. Thus, additional combination cohorts were initiated (Arms N, 
O, P, Q), using lower doses of both nivolumab and ipilimumab, or the approved dose of nivolumab 
with less frequent dosing of ipilimumab. These new regimens were much better tolerated, and the 
safety data are not dissimilar to what has been observed in the nivolumab monotherapy cohort 
(Arm F in CA209012) (Table 1.1.2-1). 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
26
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Table 1.1.2-1:
Treatment-related Adverse Events from Selected Cohorts in 
CA209012
Arma
No. 
Subjects/ 
arm
Follow-up 
time 
(median, 
wks)
No. Subjects 
still on 
treatment
No. Subjects 
with drug-
related AEs
No. Subjects 
with grade 3-
4 drug-
related AEs
No. subjects d/c 
due to drug-
related AEs 
(all grades)
Nb
31
72
6 (19%)
24 (77%)
9 (29%)
4 (13%)
Ob
40
27
14 (35%)
29 (73%)
14 (35%)
3 (8%)
Pb
38
37
20 (53%)
28 (74%)
11 (29%)
2 (5%)
Qb
39
34
15 (39%)
27 (69%)
11 (28%)
4 (10%)
Fc
52
62
5 (10%)
37 (71%)
10 (19%)
5 (10%)
a N:nivolumab 1 mg/kg plus ipilimumab 1 mg/kg every 3 weeks x 4, followed by nivolumab 3 mg/kg every 2 weeks; 
O: nivolumab 1 mg/kg every 2 weeks plus ipilimumab 1 mg/kg every 6 weeks; P: nivolumab 3 mg/kg every 2 weeks 
plus ipilimumab every 12 weeks; Q: nivolumab 3 mg/kg every 2 weeks plus ipilimumab 1 mg/kg every 6 weeks; 
F: nivolumab 3 mg/kg every 2 weeks
b based on August 2015 database lock
c
based on March 2015 database lock
Activity was observed in all cohorts, with response rates greater than 39% in the 2 cohorts in which 
nivolumab was dosed at 3 mg/kg (N3). PFS and OS is also encouraging in the nivolumab 3 mg/kg 
cohorts (Table 1.1.2-2).
Subjects with known EGFR mutation who have received prior EGFR TKI were eligible to 
participate. Similar clinical activity was observed regardless of EGFR mutation. A confirmed ORR 
of 50% was observed in the 8 subjects with known EGFR mutation. The median PFS was 13.6 
months, and OS was not reached at the time of the analysis. Of note, 7 out of the 8 subjects had 
tumors that expressed the PD-L1 protein and 3 of the 4 responders had a known history of smoking 
(Table 1.1.2-3).22
Clinical activity was observed in subjects with and without PD-L1 expressing tumors, though there 
was a greater magnitude of efficacy in subjects with PD-L1 expressing tumors. In subjects with 
PD-L1 expressing tumors (1 % level), the response rate was 57% with nivolumab 3 mg/kg and 
ipilimumab 1 mg/kg every 6 or 12 weeks. For subjects with PD-L1 non-expressing tumors, the 
response rates were lower, but the subject numbers are small. For subjects with PD-L1 expressing 
and non-expressing tumors, the nivolumab 3 mg/kg every 2 weeks plus ipilimumab 1 mg/kg every 
6 weeks is being further explored in a Phase 3 study in first-line NSCLC (CA209227). This dosing 
schedule will also be used in the experimental arm of the CA209722 study.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
27
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Table 1.1.2-2:
Efficacy of First-Line Treatment of Nivolumab/Ipilimumab 
Combination in CA209012
Nivo 1 mg/kg + 
Ipi 1 mg/kg
Q3W (n=31)
Nivo 1 mg/kg + 
Ipi 1 mg/kg
Q6W (n=40)
Nivo 3 mg/kg Q2W 
+ Ipi 1 mg/kg
Q12W (n=38)
Nivo 3 mg/kg 
Q2W+ Ipi 1 mg/kg 
Q6W (n=39)
Confirmed ORR, % 
(95% CI)
13 (4, 30)
25 (13, 41)
39 (24, 57)
31 (17, 48)
PFS rate at 24 wks 
(95% CI)
55 (36, 73)
58 (41, 73)
74 (57, 87)
51 (35, 68)
mPFS, mos
(95% CI)
10.6 (2.1, 16.3)
4.9 (2.8, )
8.0 (4.2, )
8.3 (2.6, )
Median length of 
follow-up, months
16.6
6.2
8.4
7.7
CI, confidence interval; mPFS, median progression-free survival; PFS, progression-free survival; ORR, objective 
response rate
Table 1.1.2-3:
Efficacy by PD-L1 Expression
Nivo 3 mg/kg Q2W 
+ Ipi 1 mg/kg Q12W
Nivo 3 mg/kg Q2W + Ipi 
1 mg/kg Q6W
Nivolumab 3 mg/kg 
Q2W
ORR, % (n/N)
    < 1% PD-L1
30 (3/10)
0 (0/7)
14 (2/14)
    1% PD-L1
57 (12/21)
57 (13/23)
28 (9/32)
     50% PD-L1
100 (6/6)
86 (6/7)
50 (6/12)
Median PFS (95% CI), mo
    < 1% PD-L1
4.7 (0.9, NR)
2.4 (1.7, 2.9)
6.6 (2.0, 11.2)
    1% PD-L1
8.1 (5.6, NR)
10.6 (3.6, NR)
3.5 (2.2, 6.6)
    50% PD-L1
13.6 (6.4, NR)
NR (7.8, NR)
8.4 (2.2 (NR)
1-year OS rate (95% CI), %
   < 1% PD-L1
NC
NC
79 (47, 93)
   1% PD-L1
90 (66, 97)
83 (60, 93)
69 (50, 82)
   50% PD-L1
NC
100 (100, 100)
83 (48, 96)
NC, not calculated (when > 25% of patients are censored); NR, not reached due to high percentage of ongoing 
response. 
Combination data based on a February 2016 database lock; monotherapy data based on a March 2015 database lock 
except for IS data, which are based on an August 2015 database lock. 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
28
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
1.1.3
Rationale for Removing Combination of Nivolumab and Ipilimumab Arm
The understanding of immuno-oncology has continued evolving as data emerges from both clinical 
studies and basic research. A recent meta-analysis of several clinical studies in advanced NSCLC 
patients with EGFR mutations in second line of therapy suggested a trend toward less clinical 
benefit from PD-(L)1 monotherapy when compared with chemotherapy (pooled HR, 1.11; 95%CI: 
0.80, 1.53).23 New body of evidence is also accumulating to show that Tumor Mutational Burden 
(TMB) in EGFR-mutated NSCLC patients is significantly lower than that in EFGR wild-type 
NSCLC patients.24 The newly released data from CheckMate 227 indicated that NSCLC patients 
with low TMB are unlikely to derive PFS or ORR benefit from nivolumab and ipilimumab 
combination therapy when compared with chemotherapy25, suggesting that the combination of 
nivolumab and ipilimumab has a lower chance of success compared to chemotherapy-containing 
arms. Thus, using nivolumab plus ipilimumab as one of the study arms has become potentially
sub-optimal for this patient population moving forward. No safety concerns were identified in the 
nivolumab and ipilimumab combination arms based on periodical DMC safety review. 
1.1.4
Rationale for Adding Subjects Previously Treated with Osimertinib
The treatment landscape of EGFR-mutated NSCLC has evolved rapidly with the newly released 
data on osimertinib. Osimertinib has been the standard of care as a 2L treatment for the patients 
who failed the 1L first- and/or second-generation TKIs with T790M mutation. It has recently been 
approved as a 1L treatment for EGFR-mutated NSCLC regardless of T790M status in US26, 
Europe27, and Japan, and is expected to be approved in other countries in the near future. Patients 
that receive osimertinib as 1L therapy will therefore be included in the study in addition to patients 
that still receive first- or second-generation TKIs as 1L. Patients that failed osimertinib as 2L 
therapy will also be included in the study. Patients that fail 1L or 2L osimertinib represent a high 
unmet need due to the lack of treatment options since resistance mechanisms have not be identified 
yet.
1.1.5
Stratification by PD-L1 Expression, Smoking History, Brain Metastasis, 
and Osimertinib Use
The impact of PD-L1 expression on the clinical activity of nivolumab plus ipilimumab or 
nivolumab plus chemotherapy in subjects with known EGFR mutation is unclear. In the nivolumab 
plus chemotherapy cohorts of study CA209012, activity was evaluated by PD-L1 expression and 
was observed in subjects with both PD-L1 expressing and non-expressing tumors. Overall, 79% 
(44/56) of subjects had evaluable tumor samples. At the ≥1% expression level, the response rate 
was 48% and 43% for expressers and non-expressers, respectively. The 1-year overall survival 
was 70% and 76% for expressers and non-expressers, respectively. A small number of subjects 
with EGFR mutation were enrolled in these cohorts; therefore, the impact of PD-L1 expression in 
this population was not assessed. 
Subjects with known EGFR mutation who have received prior EGFR TKI were eligible to 
participate in the nivolumab plus ipilimumab cohorts of study CA209012. Similar clinical activity 
was observed regardless of EGFR mutation. A confirmed ORR of 50% was observed in the 8 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
29
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
subjects with known EGFR mutation. The median PFS was 13.6 months, and OS was not reached 
at the time of analysis. Of note, 7 out of the 8 subjects had tumors that expressed the PD-L1 protein 
and 3 out of 4 responders had a known history of smoking. The clinical benefit of nivolumab plus 
ipilimumab in EGFR mutation patients who are PD-L1 non-expressers is unclear at this time. In 
addition, limited data exist on the impact of smoking history and the efficacy profile of nivolumab 
in patients with EGFR mutation. 
In order to better understand the impact of PD-L1 expression, smoking history, and brain
metastasis on clinical response to nivolumab plus ipilimumab or nivolumab plus platinum 
chemotherapy in subjects with EGFR mutation, study CA209722 will stratify by PD-L1 expression 
in tumor cells (≥1% or < 1%/not evaluable/indeterminate), smoking history (current/former 
smokers or never smokers), and brain metastasis (present or absent).
Revised protocol 04 expands the patient population to include subjects who failed osimertinib. 
There is little data on the clinical benefit of immunotherapy on the patients who failed the first- or 
second-generation TKIs versus those who failed osimertinib.  To better understand the impact of 
prior treatment with osimertinib on the clinical benefit of nivolumab plus platinum chemotherapy 
in the NSCLC subjects with EGFR mutation, prior osimertinib treatment (yes vs no) and brain 
metastasis will be added as a stratification factor.  
1.1.6
Rationale for Nivolumab 360 mg Flat Dose
Nivolumab monotherapy has been extensively studied in NSCLC patient population in studies 
CA209003, CA209063, CA209017, and CA209057 with body weight normalized dosing (mg/kg). 
Nivolumab pharmacokinetics (PK) and exposures of subjects in these studies have been 
characterized by population pharmacokinetic (PPK) analysis of data collected from these studies, 
together with PK data from several Phase 1, 2, and 3 clinical studies of nivolumab monotherapy 
in solid tumors. Nivolumab PK was determined to be linear, with dose proportional exposures over 
a dose range of 0.1 to 10 mg/kg. Nivolumab clearance and volume of distribution was found to 
increase with increasing body weight, but the increase was less than proportional, indicating that 
a mg/kg dose represents an over-adjustment for the effect of body weight on nivolumab PK.
Flat dosing offers several advantages over body weight normalized dosing, including reduced 
potential for dosing errors and shortened dosage preparation time. A flat dose of 360 mg every 
3 weeks is expected to produce the equivalent average exposure to 3 mg/kg every 2 weeks at the 
median body weight of ~80 kg in nivolumab-treated subjects. 
A PPK model predicted overall nivolumab exposures across subjects with a wide range of body 
weight (35-160 kg) for a 360 mg every 3 weeks flat dose to be similar to that from 3 mg/kg every 
2 weeks. Although the flat dose is expected to lead to higher exposure in lighter patients, relative 
to the exposure in heavier patients given the relationship between nivolumab PK and body weight, 
the predicted median and 95th percentile of exposures from these regimens are maintained well 
below those in 10 mg/kg every 2 weeks, which was established as a safe and well-tolerable dose.
In addition, data from the Japanese Phase 1 study ONO-4538-01 did not demonstrate dose-limiting 
toxicity at nivolumab up to 20 mg/kg every 2 weeks in Japanese subjects and showed similarity in 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
30
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
PK properties between Global and Japanese population. Therefore, the proposed 360 mg flat dose 
is expected to be safe and tolerable in an Asian population.   
Nivolumab 5 or 10 mg/kg every 3 weeks plus platinum-based chemotherapy was evaluated in 
CA209012 and deemed to be tolerable. In addition, nivolumab 360 mg every 3 weeks plus 
platinum-based chemotherapy is further being evaluated in the global randomized Phase 3 trial 
(CA209227).
1.1.7
Rationale for 24 Month Duration of Treatment
The optimal duration of immunotherapy is currently unknown. However, because immunotherapy 
engages the immune system to control the tumor, continuous treatment as is required with targeted 
agents or cytotoxic therapy may not be necessary. Accumulating evidence from different clinical 
trials in different tumors types with nivolumab or nivolumab combined to ipilimumab indicates 
that most of the responses generally occurring early, with a median time to response of 2 to 
4 months including in patients with NSCLC.12,14,28 A recent analysis in a melanoma study 
suggests the majority of patients who discontinue nivolumab and/or ipilimumab for toxicity 
maintain disease control in the absence of further treatment.29 Furthermore, a limited duration of 
ipilimumab including only 4 induction doses resulted in long-term survival in patients with 
metastatic melanoma, with a sustained plateau in survival starting at around year 3.30 In the Phase 
I dose escalation cohort expansion trial, CA209003, 129 patients with heavily pretreated advanced 
NSCLC received nivolumab at 1, 3, or 10 mg/kg IV once every 2 weeks in 8-week cycles for up 
to 96 weeks. Among the 22 patients (17%) with objective responses, the estimated median 
response duration was 17.0 months. In the 18 responders who discontinued nivolumab therapy for 
reasons other than disease progression (completion of maximum cycles, n=7; adverse events, n=8; 
withdrawal of consent, n =2; other, n=1), 9 patients (50%) maintained a response for more than 
9 months after the end of therapy (range, 9.2 to 16.4 months).31
For these reasons, in study CA209722, treatment with nivolumab or nivolumab with ipilimumab 
will be given for up to 24 months (96 weeks) in the absence of disease progression or unacceptable 
toxicity. Chemotherapy will be given as per the study dosing schedule including pemetrexed 
maintenance until progression or unacceptable toxicity. Treatment with nivolumab with or without 
ipilimumab can be reinitiated as per the initial schedule for subsequent disease progression and 
administered for up to 1 additional year (prior to revised protocol 06).
1.1.8
Rationale for Shorter Infusion Times for Nivolumab and Ipilimumab 
Long infusion times, especially when multiple agents are administered sequentially to an 
individual, place a burden on patients and treatment centers. Establishing that nivolumab and 
ipilimumab can be safely administered using shorter infusion times of 30-minute duration for 
nivolumab and ipilimumab in subjects will diminish the burden, provided there is no change in 
safety profile. 
Previous clinical studies of nivolumab monotherapy and ipilimumab monotherapy and the 
combination of nivolumab and ipilimumab have used a 60-minute infusion duration for nivolumab 
and 90-minute infusion duration for ipilimumab (1 to 3 mg/kg dosing for both). However, both 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
31
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
nivolumab and ipilimumab have been administered at up to 10 mg/kg with the same infusion 
duration.
Nivolumab has been administered safely over 60 minutes at doses ranging up to 10 mg/kg safely 
over long treatment duration. In Study CA209010 (a Phase 2, randomized, double-blinded, 
dose-ranging study of nivolumab in subjects with advanced/metastatic clear cell RCC), a dose 
association was observed for infusion site reactions and hypersensitivity reactions (1.7% at 
0.3 mg/kg, 3.7% at 2 mg/kg and 18.5% at 10 mg/kg). All the events were Grade 1-2 and were 
manageable. An infusion duration of 30 minutes for 3 mg/kg nivolumab (30% of the dose provided 
at 10 mg/kg) or nivolumab 360 mg are not expected to present any safety concerns compared to 
the prior experience at 10 mg/kg nivolumab dose infused over a 60 minute duration. 
Similarly, ipilimumab at 10 mg/kg has been safely administered over 90 minutes. In the CA184022 
study, where ipilimumab was administered up to a dose of 10 mg/kg, on-study drug-related 
hypersensitivity events (Grade 1-2) were reported in 1 (1.4%) subject in the 0.3 mg/kg and in 
2 (2.8%) subjects in the 10 mg/kg group. There were no drug-related hypersensitivity events 
reported in the 3 mg/kg group. Across the 3 treatment groups, no Grade 3-4 drug-related 
hypersensitivity events were reported, and there were no reports of infusion reactions. Ipilimumab 
10 mg/kg monotherapy has also been safely administered as 90-minute infusion in large Phase 
3 studies in prostate cancer (CA184043) and as adjuvant therapy for stage 3 melanoma 
(CA184029), with infusion reactions occurring in subjects. Administering 1 mg/kg of ipilimumab 
represents one-tenth of the 10 mg/kg dose. 
Of note, CA209153, a Phase 3b/4 safety study of nivolumab in subjects with metastatic NSCLC 
who have progressed during or after at least 1 prior systemic regimen used a 30-minute infusion 
in a cohort of subjects with no safety issues. 
Overall, infusion reactions including high-grade hypersensitivity reactions have been uncommon 
across nivolumab or ipilimumab clinical studies or the combination of nivolumab and ipilimumab. 
Furthermore, a 30-minute break after the first infusion for combination cohort will ensure the 
appropriate safety monitoring before the start of the second infusion. Overall, a change in safety 
profile is not anticipated with 30-minute infusion of nivolumab, ipilimumab, or combination.
1.1.9
Rationale for Platinum Doublet Chemotherapy as Comparator
In 2015, the FDA approved AZD9291, a third-generation irreversible EGFR TKI for treatment of 
subjects with EGFR T790M mutation-positive NSCLC, as detected by an FDA-approved test, who 
have progressed on or after EGFR TKI therapy. In T790M-positive, AZD9291 achieved an ORR 
of 64%; however, similar benefit was not observed in the T790M negative population where the 
ORR was only 22%.6 Therapeutic options for T790M negative subjects are limited with 
platinum-based chemotherapy remaining as the standard of care. In addition, randomized data in 
this population is limited. However, the expected clinical benefit to platinum-based chemotherapy 
is similar to those observed in EGFR wild-type population. In the randomized, Phase 3 IMPRESS 
study, subjects with advanced NSCLC with acquired resistance to EGFR TKI were randomized to 
gefitinib plus pemetrexed/platinum vs pemetrexed/platinum. The ORR was 34% and median PFS 
was 5.4 months (95% CI 4.6, 5.5).8 The pemetrexed/platinum combination is a well-accepted 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
32
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
standard of care in subjects with non-squamous histology NSCLC. In a Phase 3 study comparing 
cisplatin/gemcitabine with pemetrexed/cisplatin in chemotherapy-naive patients with advanced 
stage NSCLC, pemetrexed/cisplatin improved PFS and OS compared to gemcitabine/cisplatin in 
subjects with non-squamous NSCLC. Due to its well established safety and efficacy profile, 
pemetrexed/platinum was selected as the control arm for study CA209722.
1.1.10
Rationale for Open-Label Design 
This study will use an open-label design. Due to the obvious difference in chemotherapy and 
immunotherapy-related toxicities, the different schedules and durations of therapy in the treatment 
arms, different dose modification rules for safety management, including different dose delay rules 
per arm, and different premedication requirements according to chemotherapy, an open-label 
design is appropriate. An open-label design will also help ensure that immune-related toxicities in 
subjects receiving immunotherapy are promptly identified and managed. 
Because this study will be open-label, a blinded independent central review (BICR) will be used 
to review tumor images in all randomized subjects to determine all response-related endpoints.
1.1.11
Rationale for Permitting Continued Treatment in Select Cases of 
Progressive Disease 
Accumulating clinical evidence indicates some subjects treated with immune system stimulating 
agents may develop progression of disease (by conventional response criteria) before 
demonstrating clinical objective responses and/or stable disease. This phenomenon was observed 
in approximately 10% of subjects in the Phase 1 study of nivolumab and also with ipilimumab 
monotherapy.32 Two hypotheses have been put forth to explain this phenomenon. First, enhanced 
inflammation within tumors could lead to an increase in tumor size which would appear as 
enlarged index lesions and as newly visible small non-index lesions. Over time, both the malignant 
and inflammatory portions of the mass may then decrease leading to overt signs of clinical 
improvement. Alternatively, in some individuals, the kinetics of tumor growth may initially 
outpace anti-tumor immune activity. With sufficient time, the anti-tumor activity will dominate 
and become clinically apparent. Therefore, for Arms A and B, subjects will be allowed to continue 
study therapy after initial investigator-assessed RECIST 1.1-defined progression if they are 
assessed to be deriving clinical benefit and tolerating study drug (Section 4.5.8). Such subjects 
must discontinue study therapy upon evidence of further progression.
1.1.12
Rational for Revised Sample Size
CA209722 study faced enrollment challenges due to low disease prevalence in some geographic 
locations, tissue sample requirements following the first-line therapy, and evolving standard of 
care treatments for the NSCLC population with EGFR mutation. Despite the efforts to boost the 
enrollment through protocol amendments, participation lagged. Furthermore, the COVID-19 
pandemic significantly affected recruitment and enrollment globally by limiting the ability to reach 
the previously planned sample size in a timely manner. Accordingly, enrollment in this study was 
stopped in June, 2020. 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
33
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
At study concept, PFS data following immunotherapy plus chemotherapy in this population were 
not available for robust statistical assumptions to assess the study objectives. However, currently 
available external data from IMpower150, a study of atezolizumab (anti-PD-L1 agent) plus 
chemotherapy (n = 34) compared with chemotherapy (n = 45), showed a greater than 3-month 
statistically significant and clinically meaningful improvement in PFS endpoint as the second line 
treatment in EGFR mutated NSCLC.33 Given the limited sample size of IMpower150, it is 
reasonable to predict that the addition of nivolumab to SOC chemotherapy may provide clinically 
meaningful improvement of 2 months in PFS. Therefore, the statistical assumption in this study 
was revised to 2-months improvement in PFS with delay in separation of curves. With the revised 
assumptions, sample size of approximately 135 subjects per arm (Arm A and Arm C) will provide 
83% power to detect an average HR of 0.692 with a signiﬁcance level of 0.05.
It is well accepted that overall survival of the NSCLC patients with EGFR mutation is impacted 
by the complexity of the subsequent lines of therapies as salvage therapies and the heterogeneity 
of the resistance mechanisms of first-line TKIs. Therefore, the revised sample size is calculated 
using the PFS endpoint only, while it was previously calculated using the OS endpoint as well. 
1.2
Research Hypothesis 
In NSCLC subjects with EGFR mutation (ie, G719X, L861Q, Del 19, and L858R) whose tumor 
has progressed on first-line (1L) or second-line (2L) EGFR TKI, concurrent administration of 
nivolumab 
plus 
pemetrexed/platinum 
has 
superior 
efficacy 
defined 
by 
PFS
to 
pemetrexed/platinum alone.  
1.3
Objectives(s)
1.3.1
Primary Objectives

To compare the PFS by BICR of nivolumab plus pemetrexed/platinum to pemetrexed plus 
platinum in EGFR mutation positive (ie, G719X, L861Q, Del 19, and L858R), metastatic or 
recurrent NSCLC that has progressed on 1L or 2L EGFR TKI
1.3.2
Secondary Objectives

To compare the OS of nivolumab plus pemetrexed/platinum to pemetrexed plus platinum in 
EGFR mutation positive (ie, G719X, L861Q, Del 19, and L858R), metastatic or recurrent 
NSCLC whose tumors have progressed on 1L or 2L EGFR TKI

To determine the ORR per RECIST 1.1 by BICR, the duration of response (DOR) by BICR, 
and the 9-month and 12-month PFS rates by BICR of nivolumab plus pemetrexed/ compared 
to pemetrexed plus platinum in EGFR mutation positive (ie, G719X, L861Q, Del 19, and 
L858R), metastatic or recurrent NSCLC that has progressed on 1L or 2L EGFR TKI 
1.3.3
Exploratory Objectives: 

To assess the PFS by BICR, ORR (per RECIST 1.1) by BICR, DOR by BICR, and OS by 
PD-L1 status (≥1%, < 1%/not evaluable/indeterminate membranous staining in tumor cells) 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
34
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
in subjects treated with nivolumab plus pemetrexed/platinum compared to pemetrexed plus 
platinum  

To assess the safety and tolerability of nivolumab plus pemetrexed/platinum compared to 
pemetrexed plus platinum in EGFR mutation positive (ie, G719X, L861Q, Del 19, L858R), 
metastatic or recurrent NSCLC that has progressed on 1L or 2L EGFR TKI 

To assess health-related quality of life using the EQ-5D-3L and LCSS

To evaluate ORR by BICR, DOR by BICR, PFS by BICR and OS of nivolumab plus 
ipilimumab in EGFR mutation positive (ie, G719X, L861Q, Del 19, and L858R), T790M 
negative, metastatic or recurrent NSCLC that has progressed on 1L EGFR TKI

To evaluate PFS after next line of therapy (PFS2) of nivolumab plus pemetrexed/platinum vs 
pemetrexed plus platinum in EGFR mutation positive (ie, G719X, L861Q, Del 19, L858R), 
metastatic or recurrent NSCLC
1.4
Product Development Background 
Nivolumab is in clinical development for the treatment of subjects with NSCLC, RCC, melanoma, 
and other tumors (eg, glioblastoma multiforme, Hodgkin lymphoma, SCLC). Opdivo® is 
approved in the United States, European Union, and other countries for the treatment of patients 
with unresectable or metastatic melanoma, advanced NSCLC with progression on or after 
platinum-based chemotherapy, advanced RCC whose disease progressed on an antiangiogenic 
therapy (US and Japan), classical Hodgkin lymphoma that has relapsed or progressed after 
autologous hematopoietic stem cell transplantation and post-transplantation brentuximab vedotin 
treatment (US and Japan), pre-treated head and neck (US and Japan), and previously-treated 
locally advanced or metastatic urothelial carcinoma (US only). Approval in advanced NSCLC was 
based on 2 Phase 3 trials (CheckMate 017 and CheckMate 057) which demonstrated survival 
benefit over docetaxel across histologies. This study, CA209722, will evaluate the efficacy and 
safety of nivolumab plus pemetrexed/platinum and nivolumab in combination with ipilimumab in 
EGFR mutation, T790M negative NSCLC that has progressed after 1L EGFR TKI. 
1.4.1
Mechanism of Action of Nivolumab
Cancer immunotherapy rests on the premise that tumors can be recognized as foreign rather than 
as self and can be effectively attacked by an activated immune system. An effective immune 
response in this setting is thought to rely on immune surveillance of tumor antigens expressed on 
cancer cells that ultimately results in an adaptive immune response and cancer cell death. 
Meanwhile, tumor progression may depend upon acquisition of traits that allow cancer cells to 
evade immunosurveillance and escape effective innate and adaptive immune responses.34,35,36
Support for the role of immunosurveillance in NSCLC is suggested in retrospective analyses 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
35
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
demonstrating a correlation between tumor infiltrating lymphocytes in surgically resected 
specimens and recurrence free survival.37,38,39 Current immunotherapy efforts attempt to break the 
apparent tolerance of the immune system to tumor cells and antigens by either introducing cancer 
antigens by therapeutic vaccination or by modulating regulatory checkpoints of the immune 
system. T-cell stimulation is a complex process involving the integration of numerous positive as 
well as negative co-stimulatory signals in addition to antigen recognition by the T-cell receptor 
(TCR) 33, collectively, these signals govern the balance between T-cell activation and tolerance 
to antigens. PD-1 is a member of the CD28 family of T-cell co-stimulatory receptors that also 
includes CD28, CTLA-4, ICOS, and BTLA.28 PD-1 signaling has been shown to inhibit 
CD-28-mediated upregulation of IL-2, IL-10, IL-13, interferon-γ (IFN-γ) and Bcl-xL. PD-1 
expression also been noted to inhibit T cell activation, and expansion of previously activated cells. 
Evidence for a negative regulatory role of PD-1 comes from studies of PD-1 deficient mice, which 
develop a variety of autoimmune phenotypes.40 These results suggest that PD-1 blockade has the 
potential to activate anti-self T-cell responses, but these responses are variable and dependent upon 
various host genetic factors. Thus, PD-1 deficiency or inhibition is not accompanied by a universal 
loss of tolerance to self-antigens. 
In vitro, nivolumab binds to PD-1 with high affinity (EC50 0.39-2.62 nM) and inhibits the binding 
of PD-1 to its ligands PD-L1 and PD-L2 (IC50 ±1 nM). Nivolumab binds specifically to PD-1 and 
not to related members of the CD28 family such as CD28, ICOS, CTLA-4 and BTLA. Blockade 
of the PD-1 pathway by nivolumab results in a reproducible enhancement of both proliferation and 
IFN-γ release in the mixed lymphocyte reaction (MLR). Using a CMV re-stimulation assay with 
human peripheral blood mononuclear cells, the effect of nivolumab on antigen specific recall 
response indicates that nivolumab augmented IFN-γ secretion from CMV specific memory T cells 
in a dose-dependent manner versus isotype-matched control. In vivo blockade of PD-1 by a murine 
analog of nivolumab enhances the anti-tumor immune response and result in tumor rejection in 
several immunocompetent mouse tumor models (MC38, SA1/N, and PAN02).41
1.4.2
Clinical Pharmacology Summary
Single dose pharmacokinetics (PK) of nivolumab was evaluated in subjects with multiple tumor 
types in CA209001, whereas multiple dose PK is being evaluated in subjects in CA209003. In 
addition, a preliminary population pharmacokinetic (PPK) model has been developed with data 
from 350 subjects from CA209001, CA209002, and CA209003.
Single dose PK of nivolumab was evaluated in 39 subjects with multiple tumor types in study 
CA209001 in the dose range of 0.3 to 10 mg/kg. The median Tmax across single doses ranged 
from 1.6 to 3 hours with individual values ranging from 0.9 to 7 hours. Geometric mean Cmax and 
AUC(INF) of nivolumab administered at dosages of 0.3 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg, 3 mg/kg, and 10 mg/kg 
demonstrated approximate dose proportionality. Geometric mean clearance (CL), after a single 
intravenous (IV) dose, ranged from 0.13 to 0.19 mL/h/kg, while mean volume of distribution 
during the terminal phase (Vz) varied between 83 to 113 mL/kg across doses. There was moderate 
variability in PK parameters among subjects, with coefficient of variation (CV) of 20% to 32% in 
Cmax, 39% to 47% in AUC(INF), 17% to 43% in clearance, and 23% to 40% in Vz. The mean 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
36
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
terminal elimination half-life of nivolumab is 17 to 25 days, which is consistent with half-life of 
endogenous IgG4, indicating that the elimination mechanism of nivolumab may be similar to IgG4. 
Both elimination and distribution of nivolumab appear to be independent of dose in the dose range 
studied. Additional details are provided in the investigator brochure. 
A preliminary PPK model was developed by nonlinear mixed effect modeling using data from 350 
subjects from CA209001, CA209002 and CA209003. Clearance (CL) of nivolumab is independent 
of dose in the dose range (0.1 to 10 mg/kg) and tumor types studied. The body weight normalized 
dosing produces approximately constant trough concentrations over a wide range of body weights, 
and hence is appropriate for future clinical trials of nivolumab.
1.4.3
Mechanism of Action of Ipilimumab
CTLA-4, 
an 
activation-induced 
T-cell 
surface 
molecule, 
is 
a 
member 
of 
the 
CD28:B7 immunoglobulin superfamily that competes with CD28 for B7. CTLA-4 mediated 
signals are inhibitory and turn off T cell-dependent immune responses.42,43 Ipilimumab is a fully 
human monoclonal IgG1κ that binds to the CTLA-4 antigen expressed on a subset of T cells from 
human and nonhuman primates. The proposed mechanism of action for ipilimumab is interference 
of the interaction of CTLA-4 with B7 molecules on APCs, with subsequent blockade of the 
inhibitory modulation of T-cell activation promoted by the CTLA 4/B7 interaction.
The safety profile of nivolumab and nivolumab plus ipilimumab is characterized by immune 
related toxicities, such as diarrhea, rash, pneumonitis, liver toxicity, and endocrinopathies. The 
frequencies and intensities of these events in the combination are variable and depend on the 
specific doses and schedule used. In the dosing schedules selected, these events were mostly low 
grade and manageable with the use of corticosteroids. Nivolumab and ipilimumab combination 
therapy has shown improved efficacy over either agent alone in melanoma. 
1.4.4
Treatment of EGFR Mutation, T790M NSCLC whose Tumor Progressed 
on 1L EGFR TKI
The identification of EGFR-sensitizing mutations in a subset of subjects with lung adenocarcinoma 
has transformed the management of NSCLC. Despite impressive ORR and PFS with 1L EGFR 
TKI therapy, most subjects develop progression of disease on TKI therapy after a median of 
10-16 months. In approximately 50% of cases, progression is attributable to the secondary 
mutation, T790M in exon 20 of EGFR. In 2015, the FDA approved AZD9291, a third-generation 
irreversible EGFR TKI for treatment of subjects with EGFR T790M mutation-positive NSCLC, 
as detected by an FDA-approved test, who have progressed on or after EGFR TKI therapy. In 
T790M-positive, AZD9291 achieved an ORR of 64%; however, similar benefit was not observed 
in the T790M-negative population where the ORR was only 22%. Subjects with EGFR mutation, 
T790M-negative NSCLC who failed 1L EGFR TKI represent a great unmet need. Therapeutic 
options for T790M negative subjects are limited with platinum-based chemotherapy remaining as 
the standard of care. The expected clinical benefit to platinum-based chemotherapy is similar to 
those observed in EGFR wild-type population. In the randomized, Phase 3 IMPRESS study, 
subjects with advanced NSCLC with acquired resistance to EGFR TKI were randomized to 
gefitinib plus pemetrexed/platinum vs pemetrexed/platinum. The ORR was 34% with a median 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
37
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
PFS of 5.4 months (95% CI 4.6-5.5).8 The pemetrexed/platinum combination is a well-accepted 
standard of care in subjects with non-squamous histology NSCLC. In a Phase 3 study comparing 
cisplatin/gemcitabine with pemetrexed/cisplatin in chemotherapy-naive patients with advanced 
stage NSCLC, pemetrexed/cisplatin improved PFS and OS compared to gemcitabine/cisplatin in 
subjects with non-squamous NSCLC. 44 In the PARAMOUNT study, pemetrexed was 
demonstrated to improve PFS and OS, when continued as maintenance therapy in patients with 
non-squamous NSCLC who did not progress after completion of induction treatment with 
pemetrexed/cisplatin. 45 However, there have been no substantial improvements in long-term 
survival, making NSCLC a persistent area of high unmet medical need. 
The major adverse events related to platinum doublet chemotherapy regimens are primarily 
hematologic. With pemetrexed/cisplatin, the rate of Grade 3/4 neutropenia is 15%, the rate of 
Grade 3/4 anemia is 6% and the rate of Grade 3/4 thrombocytopenia is 4%.
1.4.4.1
Cisplatin 
Cisplatin is a platinum-based drug that is used in NSCLC. Cisplatin is administered intravenously 
at a dose of 75 mg/m² over 120 minutes or per institutional standard after pemetrexed. Subjects 
who are receiving cisplatin must be monitored for nephrotoxicity, ototoxicity and neuropathy in 
addition to myelosuppression. Caution must be observed in cases of nausea, vomiting, and 
dehydration. Dose modifications according to toxicities are noted in Section 4.5.5. For additional 
information regarding risks, as well as preparation and storage information, please consult the local 
prescribing information for cisplatin. 
1.4.4.2
Carboplatin 
Carboplatin is a platinum-based drug that is used in combination with a taxane, gemcitabine, or 
pemetrexed for treatment of NSCLC. Carboplatin is administered intravenously at a dose of AUC 
5 or 6 mg/mL/min (per Calvert formula) over 30 minutes or per institutional standard after the use 
of pemetrexed.46 Subjects who are receiving carboplatin must be monitored for myelosuppression 
and anaphylaxis. Dose modifications according to toxicities are noted in Section 4.5.5. For 
preparation and storage, please consult the prescribing information for carboplatin. 
1.4.4.3
Pemetrexed
Pemetrexed is a folate analog metabolic inhibitor indicated as initial treatment for locally advanced 
or metastatic non-squamous NSCLC in combination with cisplatin or carboplatin. Pemetrexed is 
also indicated as maintenance treatment for locally advanced or metastatic non-squamous NSCLC 
subjects whose disease has not progressed after platinum-based first-line chemotherapy. 
Pemetrexed is administered intravenously at a dose of 500 mg/m² on Day 1 of each 21-day cycle. 
Cisplatin should be administered 30 minutes after pemetrexed at a dose of 75 mg/m². Carboplatin 
should be administered 30 minutes after pemetrexed at AUC of 5 or 6.
The premedication regimen for pemetrexed includes folic acid and vitamin B12 as well as 
dexamethasone or equivalent to reduce cutaneous reactions. Subjects receiving pemetrexed should 
be monitored prior to each dose using CBC and renal function tests. If marrow suppression is 
noted, dose modifications are noted in Section 4.5.5. For renal toxicity, pemetrexed should be held 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
38
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
when the creatinine clearance (CrCl) < 45 mL/minute. Caution should be used among subjects 
who are receiving non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) and who have mild to 
moderate renal insufficiency (CrCl between 50 and 79 mL/minute). Caution should also be used 
when nephrotoxic drugs are administered with pemetrexed. For additional information regarding 
premedication regimen, risks, preparation, and storage information, please consult the local 
prescribing information for pemetrexed.
1.5
Overall Risk/Benefit Assessment
Subjects with EGFR mutation, T790M negative NSCLC who failed 1L or 2L EGFR TKI represent 
a great unmet need. In T790M-positive, AZD9291 achieved an ORR of 64%; however, similar 
benefit was not observed in the T790M negative population where the ORR was only 22%. 
Therapeutic options for T790M negative subjects are limited with platinum-based chemotherapy 
remaining as the standard of care with an expected PFS of 5-6 months and mOS of 10-12 months. 
The clinical activity of nivolumab observed to date in NSCLC, including 2 positive Phase 3 studies 
demonstrating prolonged survival with nivolumab monotherapy compared to docetaxel in 
squamous and non-squamous NSCLC after platinum failure, suggests the potential for improved 
clinical outcomes. CA209057 (non-squamous NSCLC) study demonstrated OS was superior for 
subjects receiving nivolumab compared to those receiving docetaxel. 
The potential benefit of nivolumab plus ipilimumab or nivolumab plus platinum-doublet 
chemotherapy over standard of care platinum-based therapy in EGFR mutation, T790M negative 
NSCLC is not yet known as well as for those who relapse after osimertinib where T790M is not 
relevant to tumor growth.
The CA209722 revised protocol 04 reflects the current treatment landscape in patients with EGFR-
mutated metastatic NSCLC. The enrollment to nivolumab and ipilimumab combination arm (ie, 
Arm B) has stopped as emerging data suggest that the immunotherapy alone has a lower chance 
of success compared to chemotherapy containing therapies and becomes potentially sub-optimal 
treatment option for patients who failed 1L or 2L TKI. With recent approval of osimertinib in the 
first-line setting and limited treatment option post osimertinib, the revised protocol allows the 
enrollment of patients who failed osimertinib. Patients that fail osimertinib represent a high unmet 
need.
In CA209057 study, interaction P values reported for PD-L1 expression subgroups by each of the 
pre-defined expression levels suggested a clinically important signal of a predictive association. 
Based on these data, CA209722 will stratify subjects based on PD-L1 status. Additional 
stratification factors include presence or absence of brain metastases at randomization, smoking 
history (current/former or never smoker), and prior osimertinib use.
The platinum-based chemotherapy regimens have well described safety profiles, characterized by 
myelosuppression and other regimen-specific non-hematologic toxicities, such as peripheral 
neuropathy, nausea/vomiting, and renal impairment. The safety profile of nivolumab plus 
platinum-doublet chemotherapy reflects additive toxicities of the individual agents. The frequency 
of most immune-related, select AEs was higher with nivolumab plus platinum-doublet 
chemotherapy in CA209-012 compared to those previously reported with nivolumab 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
39
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
monotherapy. However, these treatment-related AEs, including pneumonitis, were effectively 
managed with established guidelines and did not lead to any deaths. 
The safety profile of nivolumab and nivolumab plus ipilimumab is characterized by 
immune-related toxicities, such as diarrhea, rash, pneumonitis, liver toxicity, and 
endocrinopathies.21 The frequencies and intensities of these events in the combination are variable 
and depend on the specific doses and schedule used. In the dosing schedules selected for this trial, 
these events were mostly low grade and manageable with the use of corticosteroids. No safety 
concerns were identified in patients who received nivolumab and ipilimumab combination 
treatment in CA209722 study based on periodical DMC safety review.  
In order to assess the potential benefit of nivolumab plus pemetrexed/platinum or nivolumab plus 
ipilimumab compared to standard of care pemetrexed/platinum in subjects with EGFR mutation, 
T790M negative NSCLC whose tumor progress on 1L EGFR TKI, a randomized trial will be 
performed. Subjects will be randomized to 1 of 3 arms: nivolumab plus pemetrexed/platinum, 
nivolumab plus ipilimumab, or pemetrexed/platinum. 
Revised protocol 04 will focus on assessing the potential benefit of nivolumab plus 
pemetrexed/platinum compared to standard of care pemetrexed/platinum in NSCLC subjects with 
EGFR mutation whose tumor progress on 1L or 2L EGFR TKI. Subjects will be randomized in a 
1:1 ratio to nivolumab plus pemetrexed/platinum arm or pemetrexed/platinum arm. 
Revised protocol 05 updates the study title to align with the updated study design in revised 
protocol 04. 
To assure an ongoing favorable risk/benefit assessment for subjects enrolled onto CA209722, an 
independent Data Monitoring Committee (DMC) will be utilized to monitor the safety and activity 
of the treatments throughout the conduct of the trial.
2
ETHICAL CONSIDERATIONS
2.1
Good Clinical Practice
This study will be conducted in accordance with Good Clinical Practice (GCP), as defined by the 
International Conference on Harmonisation (ICH) and in accordance with the ethical principles 
underlying European Union Directive 2001/20/EC and the United States Code of Federal 
Regulations, Title 21, Part 50 (21CFR50) and applicable local requirements.
The study will be conducted in compliance with the protocol. The protocol and any amendments 
and the subject informed consent will receive Institutional Review Board/Independent Ethics 
Committee (IRB/IEC) approval/favorable opinion prior to initiation of the study.
All potential serious breaches must be reported to Sponsor or designee immediately. A serious 
breach is a breach of the conditions and principles of GCP in connection with the study or the 
protocol, which is likely to affect, to a significant degree, the safety or physical or mental integrity 
of the subjects of the study or the scientific value of the study.
Personnel involved in conducting this study will be qualified by education, training, and 
experience to perform their respective tasks.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
40
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
This study will not use the services of study personnel where sanctions have been invoked or where 
there has been scientific misconduct or fraud (eg, loss of medical licensure, debarment). 
2.2
Institutional Review Board/Independent Ethics Committee 
Before study initiation, the investigator must have written and dated approval/favorable opinion 
from the IRB/IEC for the protocol, consent form, subject recruitment materials (eg, 
advertisements), and any other written information to be provided to subjects. The investigator or 
BMS should also provide the IRB/IEC with a copy of the Investigator Brochure or product labeling
information to be provided to subjects and any updates. 
The investigator, Sponsor or designee should provide the IRB/IEC with reports, updates and other 
information (eg, expedited safety reports, amendments, and administrative letters) according to 
regulatory requirements or institution procedures.
2.3
Informed Consent
Investigators must ensure that subjects are clearly and fully informed about the purpose, potential 
risks, and other critical issues regarding clinical studies in which they volunteer to participate. 
In situations where consent cannot be given to subjects, their legally acceptable representatives (as 
per country guidelines) are clearly and fully informed about the purpose, potential risks, and other 
critical issues regarding clinical studies in which the subject volunteers to participate. 
Sponsor or designee will provide the investigator with an appropriate (ie, Global or Local) sample 
informed consent form which will include all elements required by ICH, GCP and applicable 
regulatory requirements. The sample informed consent form will adhere to the ethical principles 
that have their origin in the Declaration of Helsinki.
Investigators must:

Provide a copy of the consent form and written information about the study in the language in 
which the subject is most proficient prior to clinical study participation. The language must be 
non-technical and easily understood.

Allow time necessary for subject or subject's legally acceptable representative to inquire about 
the details of the study.

Obtain an informed consent signed and personally dated by the subject or the subject's legally 
acceptable representative and by the person who conducted the informed consent discussion. 

Obtain the IRB/IEC’s written approval/favorable opinion of the written informed consent form 
and any other information to be provided to the subjects, prior to the beginning of the study, 
and after any revisions are completed for new information.

If informed consent is initially given by a subject’s legally acceptable representative or legal 
guardian, and the subject subsequently becomes capable of making and communicating his or 
her informed consent during the study, consent must additionally be obtained from the subject.

Revise the informed consent whenever important new information becomes available that is 
relevant to the subject's consent. The investigator, or a person designated by the investigator, 
should fully inform the subject or the subject's legally acceptable representative or legal 
guardian, of all pertinent aspects of the study and of any new information relevant to the 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
41
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
subject's willingness to continue participation in the study. This communication should be 
documented. 
The confidentiality of records that could identify subjects must be protected, respecting the privacy 
and confidentiality rules applicable to regulatory requirements, the subjects' signed ICF and, in the 
US, the subjects’ signed HIPAA Authorization.
The consent form must also include a statement that BMS and regulatory authorities have direct 
access to subject records. 
Subjects unable to give their written consent (eg, stroke or subjects with or severe dementia) may 
only be enrolled in the study with the consent of a legally acceptable representative. The subject 
must also be informed about the nature of the study to the extent compatible with his or her 
understanding, and should this subject become capable, he or she should personally sign and date 
the consent form as soon as possible. The explicit wish of a subject who is unable to give his or 
her written consent, but who is capable of forming an opinion and assessing information to refuse 
participation in, or to be withdrawn from, the clinical study at any time should be considered by 
the investigator.
The rights, safety, and well-being of the study subjects are the most important considerations and 
should prevail over interests of science and society.
3
INVESTIGATIONAL PLAN
3.1
Study Design and Duration
This is an open-label, randomized, Phase 3 study in subjects with EGFR-mutated, metastatic or 
recurrent NSCLC whose tumors have progressed on a 1L first- or second-generation EGFR TKI
and who are T790M negative or whose tumors have progressed on osimertinib.
In revised protocol 03, subjects were randomized to 3 arms in a 1:1:1 ratio. Subjects were stratified 
by PD-L1 expression (1% or <1%/not evaluable/indeterminate), by presence or absence of brain 
metastases, and by smoking history (current/former or never smoker). 
Revised protocol 04 stopped enrollment in Arm B (nivolumab plus ipilimumab) but continued to
randomize eligible subjects into either nivolumab plus platinum doublet chemotherapy arm (Arm 
A) or platinum doublet chemotherapy arm (Arm C) in a 1:1 ratio. Randomization to Arm A or 
Arm C will be stratified by PD-L1 expression (1% or < 1%/not evaluable/indeterminate), brain 
metastases (presence or absence), smoking history (current/former or never smoker), and prior 
osimertinib use (yes or no). Approximately 500 subjects were planned to be randomized to Arms 
A or C. Subjects already randomized in Arm B of nivolumab plus ipilimumab remained on 
treatment at the discretion of the investigator. 
Revised protocol 05 updated the study title to align with the updated study design in revised 
protocol 04. 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
42
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
With the adjustment of PFS assumptions based on external data, the number of subjects 
randomized to Arm A and Arm C will be approximately 270 subjects. The total number of subjects 
randomized in the study is now expected to be approximately 350 subjects.
Consistent with updated treatment duration of nivolumab-containing regimens (at the program 
level), reference to treating subjects with disease progression or recurrence as continued treatment 
beyond 24 months is no longer offered. Reference to continued treatment and the associated 
guidelines have been deleted from Sec. 4.5.9.
PD-L1 expression will be assessed in tumor cells, using 1% as the expression level and categorized 
into 2 separate groups (≥1% or < 1%/not evaluable/indeterminate). PD-L1 status will be 
determined by immunohistochemical (IHC) staining of PD-L1 protein in the submitted tumor 
sample and categorized as follows: 

PD-L1 positive - defined as ≥1% tumor cell membrane staining positive in a minimum of 
100 evaluable tumor cells

PD-L1 negative – defined as < 1% tumor cell membrane staining positive in a minimum of 
100 evaluable tumor cells

PD-L1 not evaluable/indeterminate - defined as subjects with insufficient quantity of tumor 
biopsy specimens for IHC staining and analysis or subjects with tumors that are unable to 
determine the PD-L1 status, despite appropriate amount of tissue sample. For subjects with 
PD-L1 not evaluable/indeterminate tumors, key efficacy and safety parameters will be 
summarized and grouped with PD-L1 negative subjects. Enrollment in this stratum will be 
capped to 10% of subjects.
Screening begins by establishing the subject’s initial eligibility and signing of the informed consent 
(ICF). Subjects must be randomized within 42 days after signing the informed consent unless 
otherwise noted. Tumor tissue (archival [preferably within 6 months before first dose of study 
drug] or fresh tumor biopsy) must be submitted to a third-party vendor for determination of PD-
L1 status. For subjects who failed 1L first- or second-generation TKI, the T790M testing will be 
conducted using tumor tissue (either at local lab with an approved test or at central lab) and only 
subjects with T790M negative status will be randomized. For subjects who failed osimertinib, 
T790M testing is not required. 
The subject is assessed for study eligibility as described in Table 5.1-1. All screening assessments 
and procedures (except for a fresh biopsy for PD-L1/T790M and brain MRI/CT scans following 
the treatment of current brain metastasis) must be performed within 28 days prior to randomization. 
As of revised protocol 04, the Treatment Phase begins when the randomization call is made into 
the Interactive Web Response System (IWRS). The subject is randomly assigned to 1 of the 2
treatment arms: Arm A or Arm C. Enrollment to Arm B is closed. Study treatment must begin 
within 7 days of randomization.
Arm A: Nivolumab plus Platinum-doublet Chemotherapy (Each Cycle = 21 days [3 weeks])

Nivolumab will be administered IV every 3 weeks with platinum-doublet chemotherapy
(investigator’s choice of cisplatin or carboplatin) IV for a maximum of 4 cycles. 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
43
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab

Nivolumab 360 mg IV, followed by pemetrexed (500 mg/m2) with cisplatin (75 mg/m2) 
administered on Day 1 of each cycle

OR

Nivolumab 360 mg IV, followed by pemetrexed (500 mg/m2) with carboplatin (AUC 5 or 
6) administered on Day 1 of each cycle 
If a subject who is receiving nivolumab and pemetrexed experiences an adverse event and the 
investigator can attribute it to either nivolumab or pemetrexed, then that agent can be discontinued, 
and the other agent can be continued until disease progression or unacceptable toxicity.
Following completion of the fourth cycle of nivolumab/chemotherapy, all subjects who have not 
experienced disease progression should continue nivolumab 360 mg IV and pemetrexed 
(500 mg/m2) every 3 weeks until the progression of disease, discontinuation due to toxicity, 
withdrawal of consent, or study closure, whichever comes first. Nivolumab should only be 
administered for a maximum of 24 months (96 weeks) from the first study treatment. 
Treatment with nivolumab beyond initial investigator-assessed RECIST 1.1-defined progression 
is permitted if the subject has investigator-assessed clinical benefit and is tolerating treatment, as 
specified in Section 4.5.8. 
Arm B: Nivolumab plus ipilimumab (Each Cycle = 14 day [2 weeks])
Arm B is closed as of revised protocol 04. 
Nivolumab 3 mg/kg IV will be administered every 2 weeks and ipilimumab 1 mg/kg IV will be 
administered every 6 weeks until the progression of disease, discontinuation due to toxicity, 
withdrawal of consent, a maximum of 24 months (96 weeks) from the first study treatment, or 
study closure.
Treatment beyond initial investigator-assessed RECIST 1.1-defined progression is permitted if the 
subject has investigator-assessed clinical benefit and is tolerating treatment, as specified in Section 
4.5.8. 
Arm C: Platinum Doublet Chemotherapy (Each Cycle = 21 days [3 weeks])
Platinum-doublet chemotherapy (investigator’s choice of cisplatin or carboplatin) is administered 
IV in 3-week cycles for up to a maximum of 4 cycles.

Pemetrexed (500 mg/m2) with cisplatin (75 mg/m2) administered on Day 1 of each cycle
OR

Pemetrexed (500 mg/m2) with carboplatin (AUC 5 or 6) administered on Day 1 of each cycle. 
Platinum-doublet chemotherapy will continue until disease progression, unacceptable toxicity 
(Section 4.5.7.3), or completion of the 4 cycles, whichever comes first. 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
44
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Subjects who have stable disease or response after 4 cycles of pemetrexed with cisplatin or 
carboplatin should continue pemetrexed alone as maintenance therapy until disease progression,
or unacceptable toxicity. 
All Arms
Subjects will be assessed for response by CT or MRI beginning at Week 7 (± 7 days), every 
6 weeks (± 7 days) until Week 49, and then every 12 weeks (± 7 days) until progression. Tumor 
assessments must continue per protocol until RECIST 1.1 progression is confirmed by BICR. OS 
will be followed continuously while subjects are on the study drugs and every 3 months via 
in-person or phone contact after a subject discontinues the study drugs.
The Follow-Up Phase begins when the decision to discontinue a subject from all treatment, 
including maintenance therapy, is made, or the subject has reached the maximum treatment 
duration for nivolumab and ipilimumab.
Subjects who discontinue treatment for reasons other than disease progression will continue to 
have tumor assessments (if clinically feasible) according to the schedule in Table 5.1-2 until 
progression or the start of the subsequent anti-cancer therapies.
Subjects will be followed for drug-related toxicities until these toxicities resolve, return to baseline,
or are deemed irreversible. All adverse events will be documented for a minimum of 100 days 
after the last dose of study medication. 
After completion of the first 2 follow-up visits, subjects will be followed every 3 months for 
survival. Survival follow-up visits may be performed by phone contact or office visit (Section 3.6). 
BMS may request that survival data be collected on all randomized subjects outside of the protocol 
defined window. At the time of that request, each subject will be contacted to determine their 
survival status unless the subject had withdrawn consent for all contact. 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
45
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Figure 3.1-1:
Study Design Schematic
The start of the trial is defined as first patient first visit. End of trial is defined as last patient’s last 
overall survival assessment. Study completion is defined as the final date on which data for the 
primary endpoint was or is expected to be collected, if this is not the same.
3.2
Post Study Access to Therapy
At the conclusion of the study, subjects who continue to demonstrate clinical benefit will be 
eligible to receive BMS supplied study drug up to 12 months after the approval of investigational 
product by the responsible health authority or until the investigational product becomes 
commercially available within the country, or the maximum treatment duration as specified in the 
protocol, whichever occurs sooner. Study drug will be provided via an extension of the study, a 
rollover study requiring approval by responsible health authorities and ethics committee, or 
through another mechanism at the discretion of BMS. BMS reserves the right to terminate access 
to study drug if any of the following occur: a) the marketing application is rejected by the 
responsible health authority; b) the study is terminated due to safety concerns; c) the subject can 
obtain medication from a government sponsored or private health program; or d) therapeutic 
alternatives become available in the local market.
3.3
Study Population
For entry into the study, the following criteria MUST be met.
3.3.1
Inclusion Criteria
1. Signed Written Informed Consent
a) Subjects must have signed and dated an IRB/IEC approved written informed consent 
form in accordance with regulatory and institutional guidelines. This must be obtained 
before the performance of any protocol related procedures that are not part of normal 
subject care. 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
46
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
b) Subjects must be willing and able to comply with scheduled visits, treatment schedule, 
and laboratory testing.
2. Target Population
a) Eastern Cooperative Group (ECOG) Performance Status 0-1 
b) Subjects with histologically confirmed Stage IV or recurrent EGFR-mutated (ie, G719X, 
L861Q, Del 19, and L858R) NSCLC (per the 7th International Association for the Study 
of Lung Cancer classification)47 with disease progression on one or two prior lines of 
treatment with EGFR TKIs (allowed TKIs must be approved by the local health 
authority, including but not limited to erlotinib, gefitinib afatinib, dacomitinib and 
osimertinib).    
c) No evidence of exon 20 T790M mutation obtained at progression on prior first- or 
second-generation EGFR TKI therapy. Initial testing of blood samples is allowed in local 
laboratories using assays approved by local Health Authority only to rule out T790M
positive subjects. T790M negative status must be confirmed by a central or a local 
laboratory on tissue samples using the cobas® EGFR Mutation Test v2 (US-IVD) in 
patients failing first- or second-generation TKIs. In osimertinib treated subjects, T790 
testing is not required. 
d) Measurable disease according to Response Evaluation Criteria in Solid Tumors version 
1.1 (RECIST 1.1)
i)
Target lesions may be located in a previously irradiated field if there is documented 
(radiographic) disease progression in that site after the completion of radiation therapy. 
e) No prior systemic therapy for advanced or metastatic NSCLC, except for one or two prior 
lines of first- or second-generation EGFR TKI and/or osimertinib. Prior adjuvant or 
neoadjuvant chemotherapy for early stage lung cancer is permitted as long as all 
toxicities have resolved or stabilized.
i)
Prior EGFR TKI therapy must have been completed at least 2 weeks prior to first dose 
of study treatment
ii) Switch between first- or second-generation EGFR TKI due to toxicity with no evidence 
of disease progression is acceptable and will not be considered as multiple lines of 
EGFR therapy. Switch treatment to osimertinib is also allowed. Further questions 
regarding eligibility of subjects with TKI treatment should be directed to the Medical 
Monitor. 
iii) Prior treatment with the combination of an EGFR TKI and a VEGF inhibitors (eg, 
bevacizumab, ramucirumab) is allowed. 
f)
Subjects must have sample available for PD-L1 IHC testing by the central lab. For 
subjects who were treated with first- or second- generation TKI, T790M testing using 
tissue sample will be performed by a central or local laboratory during the screening 
period. For subjects who were treated with osimertinib, T790M testing is not required.
i)
Either a formalin-fixed, paraffin-embedded (FFPE) tissue block or unstained tumor 
tissue sections, with an associated pathology report, must be submitted for 
 
 prior to randomization. The tumor tissue sample may be fresh or archival 
prior to enrollment, and there has been no systemic therapy given after the sample was 
obtained (except prior 1L or 2L EGFR TKIs).The archival tissue is preferred to be 
obtained within 6 months before the study treatment. If the archival tissue was obtained 
≥6 months before the study treatment, the approval of Medical Monitor is required.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
47
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
ii) Tissue must be a core needle biopsy, excisional, or incisional biopsy. Fine needle 
biopsies or drainage of pleural effusions with cytospins are not considered adequate for 
 review and randomization. Biopsies of bone lesions that do not have a soft 
tissue component or decalcified bone tumor samples are also not acceptable
g) Prior palliative radiotherapy to non-CNS lesions must have been completed at least 
2 weeks prior to randomization. Subjects with symptomatic tumor lesions at baseline that 
may require palliative radiotherapy within 4 weeks of randomization are strongly 
encouraged to receive palliative radiotherapy prior to randomization 
h) Screening laboratory values must meet the following criteria (using CTCAE v4):
i)
WBC ≥2000/uL
ii) Neutrophils ≥1500/uL
iii) Platelet ≥100x103/uL
iv) Hemoglobin ≥9.0 g/dL
v) Serum creatinine  ≤1.5 x ULN and calculated creatinine clearance 50 mL/min (using 
the Cockcroft Gault formula)
Female CrCl = (140 - age in years) x weight in kg x 0.85
72 x serum creatinine in mg/ dL
Male CrCl = (140 - age in years) x weight in kg x 1.0
72 x serum creatinine in mg/ dL
vi) AST ≤3.0 x ULN 
vii) ALT ≤3.0 x ULN 
viii)
Total Bilirubin ≤1.5 x ULN (except subjects with Gilbert Syndrome who must 
have a total bilirubin level of < 3.0 x ULN)
i)
Subject Re-enrollment: This study permits the re-enrollment of a subject that has 
discontinued the study as a pre-treatment failure (ie, subject has not been randomized / 
has not been treated) up to 2 times. If re-enrolled, the subject must be re-consented.
j)
Subjects are eligible if CNS metastases are considered to be adequately controlled/treated 
before or during the screening period and subjects are neurologically returned to baseline 
(except for residual signs or symptoms related to the CNS treatment) for at least 2 weeks 
prior to randomization. In addition, subjects must be either off corticosteroids, or on a 
stable or decreasing dose of 10 mg daily prednisone (or equivalent) for at least 2 weeks 
prior to randomization). Subjects with asymptomatic CNS metastasis are eligible. 
k) Must have life expectancy of at least 3 months
3. Age and Reproductive Status
a) Males and Females, 18 years of age or age of majority 
b) Women of childbearing potential (WOCBP) must have a negative serum or urine 
pregnancy test (minimum sensitivity 25 IU/L or equivalent units of HCG) within 24 
hours prior to the start of study drug.
c) Women must not be breastfeeding
d) Women of childbearing potential (WOCBP) must agree to follow instructions for 
method(s) of contraception for the duration of treatment with study drug(s) nivolumab 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
48
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
plus 5 half-lives of study drug plus 30 days (duration of ovulatory cycle) for a total of 5 
months post-treatment completion (for subjects treated in Arms A and B)
e) WOCBP must also agree to follow instructions for method(s) of contraception from the 
time of enrollment for the duration of treatment with chemotherapy plus 5 half-lives of 
chemotherapy plus 30 days (duration of ovulatory cycle) for a total of 30 days 
post-treatment completion or a duration specified by the local labels of the chemotherapy 
drugs received, whichever is longer (for subjects treated in Arms A and C). 
f)
Males who are sexually active with WOCBP must agree to follow instructions for 
method(s) of contraception for the duration of treatment with study drug(s) nivolumab 
plus 5 half-lives of the study drug plus 90 days (duration of sperm turnover) for a total of 
7 months post-treatment completion. In addition, male subjects must be willing to refrain 
from sperm donation during this time (for subjects treated in Arms A and B).
g) Males who are sexually active with WOCBP must agree to follow instructions for 
methods of contraception for the duration of treatment with chemotherapy plus 
5 half-lives of chemotherapy plus 90 days (duration of sperm turnover) for a total of 90 
days post-treatment completion of a duration specified by the local labels of the 
chemotherapy drugs received, whichever is longer (for subjects treated in Arms A and 
C).
h) Azoospermic males are exempt from contraceptive requirements. WOCBP who are 
continuously not heterosexually active are also exempt from contraceptive requirements, 
and still must undergo pregnancy testing as described in this section.
Investigators shall counsel WOCBP, and male subjects who are sexually active with WOCBP, on 
the importance of pregnancy prevention and the implications of an unexpected pregnancy. 
Investigators shall advise on the use of highly effective methods of contraception (Appendix 1), 
which have a failure rate of < 1% when used consistently and correctly.
3.3.2
Exclusion Criteria
1. Target Disease Exceptions
a) Subjects with known EGFR mutation, T790M positive who failed 1L first- or second-
generation TKI should receive osimertinib first as the SOC. These subjects are only eligible 
if they fail osimertinib as 2L.
b) Subjects with known ALK translocations which are sensitive to available targeted inhibitor 
therapy are excluded. If tested, use of an FDA-approved test is strongly encouraged. 
Subjects with unknown or indeterminate ALK status may be enrolled. 
c) As of Amendment 02, this criterion has been moved to Inclusion Criterion 2j
d) Subjects with carcinomatous meningitis 
e) As of Amendment 1, the criterion excluding known cMET amplification is no longer 
applicable. 
f)
Subjects with known SCLC transformation
g) Subjects who have progressed within 3 months of the first dose of 1L or 2L EGFR TKI. 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
49
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
2. Medical History and Concurrent Diseases
a) Subjects who have not recovered from the effects of major surgery or significant traumatic 
injury at least 14 days before randomization. 
b) Prior malignancy active within the previous 3 years except for locally curable cancers that 
have been apparently cured, such as basal or squamous cell skin cancer, superficial bladder 
cancer, or carcinoma in situ of the prostate, cervix, or breast.
c) Other active malignancy requiring concurrent intervention. 
d) Subjects with an active, known or suspected autoimmune disease. Subjects with type I 
diabetes mellitus, hypothyroidism only requiring hormone replacement, skin disorders 
(such as vitiligo, psoriasis, or alopecia) not requiring systemic treatment, or conditions not 
expected to recur in the absence of an external trigger are permitted to enroll. 
e) Subjects with a condition requiring systemic treatment with either corticosteroids (> 10 mg 
daily prednisone equivalent) or other immunosuppressive medications within 14 days prior 
to first dose of study treatment. Inhaled or topical steroids, and adrenal replacement steroid 
> 10 mg daily prednisone equivalent, are permitted in the absence of active autoimmune 
disease. 
f)
Subjects with interstitial lung disease that is symptomatic or may interfere with the 
detection or management of suspected drug-related pulmonary toxicity. 
g) Known history of testing positive for human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) or known 
acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS). NOTE: Testing for HIV must be performed 
at sites where mandated locally
h) Known medical condition that, in the investigator’s opinion, would increase the risk 
associated with study participation or study drug administration or interfere with the 
interpretation of safety results
i)
As of Amendment 03, this criterion has been moved to 3.c.
j)
Prior treatment with an anti-PD-1, anti-PD-L1, anti-PD-L2, anti-CD137, or anti-CTLA-4 
antibody, or any other antibody or drug specifically targeting T-cell co-stimulation or 
checkpoint pathways
k) Subjects who have received a live/attenuated vaccine within 30 days of first dose of study 
treatment
3. Physical and Laboratory Test Findings
a) Subjects with ≥ Grade 2 peripheral neuropathy 
b) Subjects with active hepatitis B (positive hepatitis B surface antigen [HBsAg]) 
i)
Subjects must be willing and able to comply with scheduled visits, treatment 
schedule, and laboratory testing. Patients with past HBV infection or resolved HBV 
infection (defined as the presence of hepatitis B core antibody [HBcAb] and absence 
of HBsAg) are eligible. HBV DNA must be obtained and confirm negative prior to 
randomization. HBV carriers or those patients requiring antiviral therapy are not 
eligible to participate. 
ii) Subject with active hepatitis C (positive hepatitis C virus [positive HCV RNA]). 
Patients positive for HCV antibody are eligible only if PCR is negative for HCV 
RNA.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
50
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
c) HBV carriers or those subjects receiving antiviral treatment of hepatitis B virus or Hepatitis 
C are not eligible
4. Allergies and Adverse Drug Reaction
a) History of allergy or hypersensitivity to platinum-containing compounds or other study 
drug component
5. Other Exclusion Criteria
a) Prisoners or subjects who are involuntarily incarcerated. (Note: under certain specific 
circumstances a person who has been imprisoned may be included or permitted to continue 
as a subject. Strict conditions apply and Bristol-Myers Squibb approval is required).
b) Subjects who are compulsorily detained for treatment of either a psychiatric or physical 
(eg, infectious disease) illness
Eligibility criteria for this study have been carefully considered to ensure the safety of the study 
subjects and that the results of the study can be used. It is imperative that subjects fully meet all 
eligibility criteria.
3.3.3
Women of Childbearing Potential
Women of childbearing potential (WOCBP) is defined as any female who has experienced 
menarche and who has not undergone surgical sterilization (hysterectomy or bilateral 
oophorectomy) and is not postmenopausal. Menopause is defined as 12 months of amenorrhea in 
a woman over age 45 years in the absence of other biological or physiological causes. In addition, 
females under the age of 55 years must have a serum follicle stimulating hormone, (FSH) level > 
40 mIU/mL to confirm menopause.
Females treated with hormone replacement therapy (HRT) are likely to have artificially suppressed 
FSH levels and may require a washout period in order to obtain a physiologic FSH level. The 
duration of the washout period is a function of the type of HRT used. The duration of the washout 
period below are suggested guidelines and the investigators should use their judgement in checking 
serum FSH levels. 

1 week minimum for vaginal hormonal products (rings, creams, gels)

4 week minimum for transdermal products

8 week minimum for oral products
Other parenteral products may require washout periods as long as 6 months. If the serum FSH level 
is > 40 mIU/mL at any time during the washout period, the woman can be considered 
postmenopausal.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
51
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
3.4
Concomitant Treatments
3.4.1
Prohibited and/or Restricted Treatments
The following medications are prohibited during the study (unless utilized to treat a drug related 
adverse event): 

Immunosuppressive agents

Immunosuppressive doses of systemic corticosteroids (except as stated in Section 3.4.3) 

Any concurrent anti-neoplastic therapy (ie, chemotherapy, hormonal therapy, immunotherapy, 
extensive, non-palliative radiation therapy, or standard or investigational agents for treatment 
of NSCLC) 

Antiviral treatment for HBV or HCV

Caution should be applied in the administration of over-the-counter medications and herbal 
preparations during the conduct of the study. Consultation with Medical Monitor is 
encouraged. 

Any live/attenuated vaccines (eg, varicella, zoster, yellow fever, rotavirus, oral polio and 
measles, mumps, rubella [MMR], nasal flu vaccine, chicken pox [varicella]) should be avoided 
during the study treatment and until 100 days post last dose of study treatment
Investigators should refer to the local product labeling for the chemotherapy drugs selected for use 
in Arms A and C and for additional prohibited and restricted concomitant medications.
3.4.2
Other Restrictions and Precautions
Subjects with a condition requiring systemic treatment with either corticosteroids (> 10 mg daily 
prednisone equivalent) or other immunosuppressive medications within 14 days of randomization 
are excluded. Inhaled or topical steroids, and adrenal replacement steroid doses > 10 mg daily 
prednisone equivalent, are permitted in the absence of active autoimmune disease. 
It is the local imaging facility’s responsibility to determine, based on subject attributes (eg, allergy 
history, diabetic history and renal status), the appropriate imaging modality and contrast regimen 
for each subject. Imaging contraindications and contrast risks should be considered in this 
assessment. Subjects with renal insufficiency should be assessed as to whether or not they should 
receive contrast and if so, what type and dose of contrast is appropriate. Specific to MRI, subjects 
with 
severe 
renal 
insufficiency 
(ie, 
estimated 
glomerular 
filtration 
rate 
[eGFR] 
< 30 mL/min/1.73m2) are at increased risk of nephrogenic systemic fibrosis. MRI contrast should 
not be given to this subject population. In addition, subjects are excluded from MRI if they have 
tattoos, metallic implants, pacemakers, etc. The ultimate decision to perform MRI in an individual 
subject in this study rests with the site radiologist, the investigator, and the standard set by the local 
Ethics Committee.
Caution should be used when administering NSAIDs concurrently with pemetrexed to patients 
with mild to moderate renal insufficiency (creatinine clearance from 45 to 79 mL/min). 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
52
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
3.4.3
Permitted Therapy 
Subjects are permitted the use of topical, ocular, intra-articular, intranasal, and inhalational 
corticosteroids (with minimal systemic absorption). Adrenal replacement steroid doses > 10 mg 
daily prednisone are permitted. A brief (less than 3 weeks) course of corticosteroids for 
prophylaxis (eg, contrast dye allergy), premedication prior to chemotherapy, or for treatment of 
non-autoimmune conditions (eg, delayed-type hypersensitivity reaction caused by a contact 
allergen) is permitted. 
Regular concomitant use of bisphosphonates and RANK-L inhibitors for prevention or reduction 
of skeletal-related events in patients with bone metastases is allowed if initiated prior to first dose 
of study therapy. Prior palliative radiotherapy must have been completed at least 2 weeks prior to 
randomization.
3.4.3.1
Palliative Local Therapy 
Palliative local therapy, including palliative radiation therapy and palliative surgical resection, to 
symptomatic non-target bone lesions, skin lesions, or CNS lesions is permitted prior to 
discontinuation of study treatment for subjects who do not have evidence of overall clinical or 
radiographic progression per RECIST 1.1. Palliative local therapy to lesions causing hemoptysis 
may also be permitted prior to discontinuation of study treatment in subjects who do not have 
evidence of overall clinical or radiographic progression per RECIST 1.1, provided that the lesions 
undergoing palliative local therapy are not the only sites of measurable disease and the case is 
discussed with and approved by the Medical Monitor. 
Subjects requiring palliative local therapy should be evaluated for objective evidence of disease 
progression prior to the initiation of such therapy, particularly if the most recent tumor assessment 
was more than 4 weeks prior to the start of local therapy. If progression per RECIST 1.1 is 
identified on any tumor assessments prior to the initiation of palliative local therapy, then subjects 
must either discontinue study drug treatment or they must meet criteria to continue treatment 
beyond progression (Section 4.5.8) in order to resume immunotherapy after palliative local therapy 
(Arm A and B). Subjects in Arm C who are found to have progression per RECIST 1.1 on any 
tumor assessments prior to the initiation of palliative local therapy must discontinue chemotherapy. 
The potential for overlapping toxicities with radiotherapy and nivolumab/ipilimumab currently is 
not known; however, anecdotal data suggests that it is tolerable. As concurrent radiotherapy and 
nivolumab/ipilimumab have not been formally evaluated, in cases where palliative radiotherapy is 
required for a tumor lesion, then nivolumab/ipilimumab should be withheld for at least 1 week 
before, during, and 1 week after radiation. Subjects should be closely monitored for any potential 
toxicity during and after receiving radiotherapy, and AEs should resolve to Grade ≤ 1 prior to 
resuming nivolumab.
3.5
Discontinuation of Subjects following any Treatment with Study Drug 
Subjects MUST discontinue investigational product (and non-investigational product at the 
discretion of the investigator) for any of the following reasons:

Subject’s request to stop study treatment
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
53
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab

Any clinical adverse event (AE), laboratory abnormality or intercurrent illness which, in the 
opinion of the investigator, indicates that continued participation in the study is not in the best 
interest of the subject

Termination of the study by Bristol-Myers Squibb (BMS)

Loss of ability to freely provide consent through imprisonment or involuntarily incarceration 
for treatment of either a psychiatric or physical (eg, infectious disease) illness

Maximum of 24 months (96 weeks) of treatment for nivolumab and ipilimumab
In the case of pregnancy, the investigator must immediately notify the Sponsor or designee of this 
event. In most cases, the study drug will be permanently discontinued in an appropriate manner 
(eg, dose tapering if necessary for subject safety). Please contact the Sponsor or designee within 
24 hours of awareness of the pregnancy. If the investigator determines a possible favorable 
benefit/risk ratio that warrants continuation of study drug, a discussion between the investigator 
and the Sponsor or designee must occur.
All subjects who discontinue study drug should comply with protocol specified follow-up 
procedures as outlined in Section 5. The only exception to this requirement is when a subject 
withdraws consent for all study procedures including post-treatment study follow-up or loses the 
ability to consent freely (ie, is imprisoned or involuntarily incarcerated for the treatment of either 
a psychiatric or physical illness).
If study drug is discontinued prior to the subject’s completion of the study, the reason for the 
discontinuation must be documented in the subject’s medical records and entered on the 
appropriate case report form (CRF) page.
3.6
Post Study Drug Study Follow up
In this study, PFS is the primary endpoint of the study. Post study follow-up is of critical 
importance and is essential to preserving subject safety and the integrity of the study. Subjects who 
discontinue study drug must continue to be followed for collection of outcome and/or survival 
follow-up data as required and in line with Section 5 until death or the conclusion of the study.
Follow-Up Visit 1 is to occur 35 days from the last dose (7 days) or coinciding with the date of 
discontinuation of study drug (7 days) if the date of discontinuation is greater than 42 days from 
the last dose. Follow-Up Visit 2 is to occur 80 days from Follow-Up Visit 1 (7 days). Survival 
Follow-Up Visits are to occur approximately every 3 months from Follow-Up Visit 2 (± 7 days). 
Survival Follow-Up Visits may be performed by phone contact or office visit. 
BMS may request that survival data be collected on all randomized subjects outside of the 
protocol-defined window (Table 5.1-3). At the time of this request, each subject will be contacted 
to determine their survival status unless the subject has withdrawn consent for all contact.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
54
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
3.6.1
Withdrawal of Consent
Subjects who request to discontinue study drug will remain in the study and must continue to be 
followed for protocol specified follow-up procedures. The only exception to this is when a subject 
specifically withdraws consent for any further contact with him/her or persons previously 
authorized by subject to provide this information. Subjects should notify the investigator of the 
decision to withdraw consent from future follow-up in writing, if possible. The withdrawal of 
consent should be explained in detail in the medical records by the investigator, as to whether the 
withdrawal is from further treatment with study drug only or also from study procedures and/or 
post treatment study follow-up, and entered on the appropriate CRF page. In the event that vital
status (whether the subject is alive or dead) is being measured, publicly available information 
should be used to determine vital status only as appropriately directed in accordance with local 
law.
3.6.2
Lost to Follow-Up
All reasonable efforts must be made to locate subjects to determine and report their ongoing status. 
This includes follow-up with persons authorized by the subject as noted above. Lost to follow-up 
is defined by the inability to reach the subject after a minimum of three documented phone calls,
faxes, or emails as well as lack of response by subject to one registered mail letter. All attempts 
should be documented in the subject’s medical records. If it is determined that the subject has died, 
the site will use permissible local methods to obtain the date and cause of death.
If investigator’s use of third-party representative to assist in the follow-up portion of the study has 
been included in the subject’s informed consent, then the investigator may use a Sponsor-retained 
third-party representative to assist site staff with obtaining subject’s contact information or other 
public vital status data necessary to complete the follow-up portion of the study. The site staff and 
representative will consult publicly available sources, such as public health registries and 
databases, in order to obtain updated contact information. If after all attempts, the subject remains 
lost to follow-up, then the last known alive date as determined by the investigator should be 
reported and documented in the subject’s medical records.
4
STUDY DRUG
Study drug includes both Investigational [Medicinal] Product (IP/IMP) and Non-investigational 
[Medicinal] Product (Non-IP/Non-IMP) and can consist of the following:

All products, active or placebo, being tested or used as a comparator in a clinical trial. 

Study required premedication, and 

Other drugs administered as part of the study that are critical to claims of efficacy 
(eg, background therapy, rescue medications)

If specific criteria are required for treatment in a given phase of the study (e.g. extension 
phase), provide detailed criteria in this section

Diagnostic agents: (such as glucose for glucose challenge) given as part of the protocol 
requirements must also be included in the dosing data collection.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
55
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Table 4-1:
Study Drugs for CA209722 
Product Description / 
Class and Dosage Form
Potency
IP/
Non-IMP
Blinded or 
Open Label
Packaging / Appearance
Storage Conditions
(per label)
Nivolumab Solution for 
Injectiona
100 mg (10 mg/mL)
IP
Open-label
Clear to opalescent colorless to 
pale yellow liquid. May contain 
particles
2 to 8° C. Protect from light 
and freezing
Ipilimumab Solution for 
Injection
200 mg (5 mg/mL)
IP
Open-label
Clear to opalescent colorless to 
pale yellow liquid. May contain 
particles
2 to 8° C. Protect from light 
and freezing
Carboplatin Solution for 
Injectionb
450 mg/vial (10 
mg/mL)
IP
Open-label
Clear, colorless or slightly 
yellow solution
Store at or below 25° C 
Protect from light
Carboplatin Injection
(China)
Varies per market 
product
IP
Open-label
As per market product
Store as indicated on market 
product
Cisplatin Concentrate for 
Solution for Infusionb
100 mg/vial (1 mg/mL)
IP
Open-label
Clear, colorless solution
Do not store above 25° C. Do 
not refrigerate or freeze. Store 
in original container.
Cisplatin Infusion 
(China)
Varies as per market 
product
IP
Open-label
As per market product
Store as indicated on market 
product.
Pemetrexed Powder for 
Concentrate for Solution 
for Infusionb
500 mg/vial
IP
Open-label
White to either light yellow or 
green-yellow lyophilized 
powder
Store at 15 to 25° C.
Pemetrexed Disodium 
for Injection (China)
500 mg/vial
IP
Open label
As per market product
Store as indicated on market 
product
a May be labeled as either “BMS-936558-01” or “Nivolumab.” 
b These products may be obtained as local commercial product in certain countries if allowed by local regulations. In these cases, products may be a different pack 
size/potency than listed in the table. These products should be prepared/stored/administered in accordance with the package insert or summary of product 
characteristics (SmPC).
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
56
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
4.1
Investigational Product
An investigational product, also known as investigational medicinal product in some regions, is 
defined a pharmaceutical form of an active substance or placebo being tested or used as a reference 
in a clinical study, including products already with a marketing authorization but used or 
assembled (formulated or packaged) differently than the authorized form, or used for an 
unauthorized indication, or when used to gain further information about the authorized form.
The investigational product should be stored in a secure area according to local regulations. It is 
the responsibility of the investigator to ensure that investigational product is only dispensed to 
study subjects. The investigational product must be dispensed only from official study sites by 
authorized personnel according to local regulations. 
In this protocol, investigational products are: 

Nivolumab 

Ipilimumab 

Cisplatin 

Carboplatin 

Pemetrexed
4.2
Non-investigational Product
Other medications used as support or escape medication for preventative, diagnostic, or therapeutic 
reasons, as components of the standard of care for a given diagnosis, may be considered as 
non-investigational products. 
4.3
Storage of Study Drug
The product storage manager should ensure that the study drug is stored in accordance with the 
environmental conditions (temperature, light, and humidity) as determined by BMS. If concerns 
regarding the quality or appearance of the study drug arise, the study drug should not be dispensed 
and contact BMS or designee immediately.
Study drug not supplied by BMS will be stored in accordance with the package insert.
Please refer to Section 9.2.2 for guidance on IP records and documentation.
4.4
Method of Assigning Subject Identification
CA209722 is an open-label, randomized trial. Subjects who experienced progression on 1L or 2L 
EGFR TKI therapy will be screened for PD-L1. Subjects who failed a 1L first- or second-
generation TKI will also be screened for T790M mutation status and only subjects who are 
negative for T790M mutation will be randomized. After the subject’s initial eligibility is 
established and informed consent has been obtained, the subject must be enrolled into the study by 
calling the IWRS to obtain the subject number. Every subject that signs the informed consent form 
must be assigned a subject number in IWRS. Specific instructions for using IWRS will be provided 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
57
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
to the investigational site in a separate document. The investigator or designee will register the
subject for enrollment by following the enrollment procedures established by BMS. 
The following information is required for enrollment: 

Date that informed consent was obtained 

Date of birth 

Gender at birth 
Once enrolled in IWRS, enrolled subjects who have met all eligibility criteria will be ready to be 
randomized through IWRS. PD-L1 expression data will be transferred directly from analyzing lab 
to IWRS. The following information is required for subject randomization: 

Subject number 

Date of birth 

EGFR-mutated status (confirmed from tissue sample) for subjects who were treated with 
osimertinib

EGFR-mutated , T790M negative status (confirmed from tissue sample) for subjects who were 
treated with 1L first- or second-generation TKI 

PD-L1 status 

Brain metastases  

Smoking history 

Prior osimertinib use
Subjects meeting all eligibility criteria will be stratified according to PD-L1 status (1% or < 1% 
or not evaluable/indeterminate), brain metastases (presence or absence), smoking history 
(current/former smokers or never smokers), and prior osimertinib use (yes or no). Enrollment of 
subjects who do not have evaluable or have indeterminate PD-L1 status will be capped at 10%. 
The exact procedures for using the IWRS will be detailed in the IWRS manual.
4.5
Selection and Timing of Dose for Each Subject
The dosing schedule is detailed below Table 4.5-1.
All subjects will be monitored continuously for AEs while on study treatment. Treatment 
modifications (eg, dose delay, reduction, retreatment, or discontinuation) will be based on specific 
laboratory and adverse event criteria, as described in Sections 4.5.4, 4.5.5, 4.5.6, 4.5.7, and 4.5.8.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
58
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Table 4.5-1:
Selection and Timing of Dose for Each Arm 
Arm
Week 1
2
3
4
5
6
7 a
8
9
10
11
12
13 and 
Beyondc
A
Cycle 1 Day 1
Nivo +
Pem/Cis
Or
Pem/Carbo
Cycle 2 
Day 1
Nivo
+
Pem/Cis
Or
Pem/Carbo
Cycle 3 
Day 1
Nivo
+
Pem/Cis
Or
Pem/Carbo
Cycle 4
Day 1
Nivo
+
Pem/Cis
Or
Pem/Carbo
Cycle 5
Day 1
Nivo 
Pem 
Q3Wb
B
Cycle 1
Day 1
Nivo+Ipi
Cycle 2
Day 1
Nivo
Cycle 3
Day 1
Nivo
Cycle 4
Day 1
Nivo+Ipi
Cycle 
5
Day 1
Nivo
Cycle 6
Day 1
Nivo
Cycle 7
Day 1
Nivo 
Q2W/Ipi 
Q6W
C
Cycle 1
Day 1
Pem/Cis
Or
Pem/Carbo
Cycle 2
Day 1
Pem/Cis
Or
Pem/Carbo
Cycle 3
Day 1
Pem/Cis
Or
Pem/Carbo
Cycle 4
Day 1
Pem/Cis
Or
Pem/Carbo
Cycle 5
Day 1
Pem 
Q3Wb
All agents will be administered on D1 3 days. First dose of study treatment must begin within 7 days of randomization.
a Re-biopsy at Week 7 and at disease progression is highly recommended
b Maintenance therapy continues until disease progression, discontinuation due to unacceptable toxicity, withdrawal of consent, or study closure. 
c Nivolumab and nivolumab plus ipilimumab combination will have maximum treatment duration is 24 months (96 weeks).
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
59
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
4.5.1
Nivolumab plus Pemetrexed and Cisplatin or Carboplatin (Arm A)
4.5.1.1
Nivolumab plus Pemetrexed and Cisplatin
Subjects will receive nivolumab at a dose of 360 mg as 30-minute IV infusion on Day 1, followed 
by pemetrexed at a dose of 500 mg/m2 as a 10-minute IV infusion or per institutional standard with 
cisplatin at a dose of 75 mg/m² as a 120 minute IV infusion or per institutional standard, of a 
3-week treatment cycle, for up to 4 cycles.
At the time of discontinuation of cisplatin, subjects who have not experienced disease progression 
will continue to receive nivolumab and pemetrexed at the same dose and schedule on Day 1 of a 
3-week treatment cycle, unless 1 or both drugs were discontinued earlier due to toxicity. Treatment 
will continue until progression, unacceptable toxicity, withdrawal of consent, a maximum of 24 
months (96 weeks) for nivolumab treatment, or the study ends, whichever occurs first. In subjects 
who required pemetrexed dose reduction due to toxicity during the pemetrexed/cisplatin 
combination cycles, the dose of pemetrexed may be escalated to 500 mg/m2 after the 
discontinuation of cisplatin at the investigator’s discretion and according to local standards, if the 
prior toxicity was felt to be related mainly to cisplatin. 
There will be no dose escalations or reductions of nivolumab allowed. Premedications are not 
recommended for the first dose of nivolumab.
Participants should be carefully monitored for infusion reactions during nivolumab administration. 
If an acute infusion reaction is noted, participants should be managed according to Section 4.5.11.
Doses of nivolumab may be interrupted, delayed, or discontinued depending on how well the 
subject tolerates the treatment. Dosing visits are not skipped, only delayed.
Nivolumab Injection, 100 mg/10 mL (10 mg/mL) and 40 mg/mL (10 mg/mL) is to be administered 
as an IV infusion through a 0.2-micron to 1.2-micron pore size, low-protein binding
(polyethersulfone membrane) in-line filter at the protocol-specified doses. It is not to be 
administered as an IV push or bolus injection. Nivolumab injection can be infused undiluted 
(10 mg/mL) or diluted with 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP or 5% Dextrose Injection, USP 
to protein concentrations as low as 0.35 mg/mL, not to exceed a total infusion volume of 160 mL.
For patients weighting less than 40 kg, the total volume of infusion must not exceed 4 mL/kg of 
patient weight. Instructions for dilution and infusion of nivolumab injection may be provided in 
the clinical protocol, pharmacy binder, or pharmacy reference sheet. Care must be taken to assure 
sterility of the prepared solution as the product does not contain any antimicrobial preservative or 
bacteriostatic agent. 
Nivolumab infusions are compatible with polyvinyl chloride (PVC) or polyolefin containers and 
infusion sets and glass bottles. 
Dosing calculation for pemetrexed and cisplatin should be based on the body surface area 
calculation and may be capped per local standards. The dose may remain the same if the subject’s 
weight is within 10% of the baseline weight or prior dose weight. All doses should be rounded up 
to the nearest milligram or per institutional standard. 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
60
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Cisplatin will be administered over 120 minutes or per institutional standard following the end of 
the pemetrexed infusion. Pretreatment hydration for cisplatin can follow local standard of care or 
use 1 to 2 liters of fluid infused IV for 8 to 12 hours prior to cisplatin infusion is recommended. 
Adequate hydration and urinary output must be maintained for at least 24 hours following cisplatin 
administration. Administration and monitoring should be performed according to local standards. 
Use of mannitol following the cisplatin infusion should also follow local standards of care. 
Premedications for use with pemetrexed: Oral corticosteroid should be given according to local 
standards at a dose equivalent to dexamethasone 4 mg BID on the day prior to, the day of, and the 
day after the administration of pemetrexed. Oral folic acid 350 to 1000 mcg daily should be given 
starting 1 week prior to the first dose of pemetrexed, with at least 5 doses of folic acid administered 
in the 7 days prior to the first dose. Oral folic acid should be continued daily throughout the 
treatment with pemetrexed and for 21 days after the last dose of pemetrexed. Intramuscular (IM) 
injection of vitamin B12 1000 mcg should be given approximately 1 week prior to the first dose 
of pemetrexed and repeated every 3 cycles thereafter during pemetrexed treatment. Subsequent 
injections of vitamin B12 may be given on the same day as pemetrexed. 
Premedications for use with pemetrexed/cisplatin: Antiemetic premedication will be administered 
according to local standards. Recommended antiemetic treatments are dexamethasone (dosing 
according to local standards; an equivalent dose of another corticosteroid may be substituted) and 
a 5-HT3 receptor antagonist (type per investigator discretion and local standard of care). 
Additional use of antiemetic premedications may be employed at the discretion of the Investigator. 
Doses of pemetrexed and/or cisplatin may be interrupted, delayed, reduced, or discontinued 
depending on how well the subject tolerates the treatment. See Section 4.5.4, 4.5.5, and 4.5.7 for 
additional details.
All subjects who will be receiving cisplatin should have audiometric testing performed prior to 
initiation of therapy and prior to subsequent doses of cisplatin, or as per local standards of care. 
Subjects who discontinue cisplatin alone may, at the investigator’s discretion, be switched to 
pemetrexed/carboplatin for the remainder of the platinum doublet cycles (up to 4 cycles in total). 
Dosing for pemetrexed/carboplatin for such subjects should follow the instructions in the 
Pemetrexed/Carboplatin with Pemetrexed Continuation Maintenance, Section 4.5.3.2. 
4.5.1.2
Nivolumab plus Pemetrexed/Carboplatin 
Subjects will receive nivolumab at a dose of 360 mg as 30-minute IV infusion on Day 1, followed 
by pemetrexed at a dose of 500 mg/m2 as a 10-minute IV infusion or per institutional standard with 
carboplatin at a dose of AUC 5 or 6 as a 30-minute infusion or per institutional standard, on Day 
1 of a 3-week treatment cycle, for up to 4 cycles. 
At the time of discontinuation of carboplatin, subjects who have not experienced disease 
progression will continue to receive nivolumab and pemetrexed at the same dose and schedule on 
Day 1 of 3-week treatment cycle. Treatment will continue until progression, unacceptable toxicity, 
withdrawal of consent, a maximum of 24 months (96 weeks) for nivolumab treatment, or the study 
ends, whichever occurs first. In subjects who required pemetrexed dose reduction due to toxicity 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
61
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
during the pemetrexed/carboplatin combination cycles, the dose of pemetrexed may be escalated 
to 500 mg/m2 after the discontinuation of carboplatin, at the investigator’s discretion and according 
to local standards, if the prior toxicity was felt to be related mainly to carboplatin. 
There will be no dose escalations or reductions of nivolumab allowed. Premedications are not 
recommended for the first dose of nivolumab.
Participants should be carefully monitored for infusion reactions during nivolumab administration. 
If an acute infusion reaction is noted, participants should be managed according to Section 4.5.11.
Doses of nivolumab may be interrupted, delayed, or discontinued depending on how well the 
subject tolerates the treatment. Dosing visits are not skipped, only delayed.
Nivolumab Injection, 100 mg/10 mL (10 mg/mL) and 40 mg/mL (10 mg/mL) is to be administered 
as an IV infusion through a 0.2-micron to 1.2-micron pore size, low-protein binding
(polyethersulfone membrane) in-line filter at the protocol-specified doses. It is not to be 
administered as an IV push or bolus injection. Nivolumab injection can be infused undiluted 
(10 mg/mL) or diluted with 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP or 5% Dextrose Injection, USP 
to protein concentrations as low as 0.35 mg/mL, not to exceed a total infusion volume of 160 mL. 
For patients weighting less than 40 kg, the total volume of infusion must not exceed 4 mL/kg of 
patient weight. Instructions for dilution and infusion of nivolumab injection may be provided in 
the clinical protocol, pharmacy binder, or pharmacy reference sheet. Care must be taken to assure 
sterility of the prepared solution as the product does not contain any antimicrobial preservative or 
bacteriostatic agent. 
Nivolumab infusions are compatible with polyvinyl chloride (PVC) or polyolefin containers and 
infusion sets and glass bottles. 
Pemetrexed dosing calculations should be based on the body surface area calculation. The dose 
may remain the same if the subject’s weight is within 10% weight used to calculate the previous 
dose. All doses should be rounded up to the nearest milligram or per institutional standard. 
The carboplatin dose will be calculated using the Calvert formula as follows: 
Carboplatin dose (mg) = Target AUC x [(CrCl (mL/min) + 25] 
Creatinine clearance (CrCl) calculation is based on the Cockroft-Gault formula and should include 
the most recent serum creatinine and most recent weight. NOTE: If calculation of the CrCl by the 
Cockroft-Gault formula yields a result of > 125 mL/min, then a CrCl should be calculated by an 
alternative formula per institutional standards or capped at 125 mL/min. 
The carboplatin dose may remain the same if the subject’s weight is within 10% of the baseline 
weight or prior dose weight. The dose of carboplatin may be capped per local standards. 
Premedication for use with pemetrexed: Oral corticosteroid should be given according to local 
standards at a dose equivalent to dexamethasone 4 mg BID on the day prior to, the day of, and the 
day after the administration of pemetrexed. Oral folic acid 350 to 1000 mcg daily should be given 
starting 1 week prior to the first dose of pemetrexed, with at least 5 doses of folic acid administered 
in the 7 days prior to the first dose. Oral folic acid should be continued daily throughout the 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
62
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
treatment with pemetrexed and for 21 days after the last dose of pemetrexed. Intramuscular (IM) 
injection of vitamin B12 1000 mcg should be given approximately 1 week prior to the first dose 
of pemetrexed and repeated every 3 cycles thereafter during pemetrexed treatment. Subsequent 
injections of vitamin B12 may be given on the same day as pemetrexed.
Premedications for use with pemetrexed/carboplatin: Antiemetic premedication will be 
administered according to local standards. Recommended antiemetic treatments are 
dexamethasone (dosing according to local standards; an equivalent dose of another corticosteroid 
may be substituted) and a 5-HT3 receptor antagonist (type per investigator discretion and local 
standards-of-care). Additional use of antiemetic premedications may be employed at the discretion 
of the Investigator. 
Doses of pemetrexed and/or carboplatin may be interrupted, delayed, reduced, or discontinued 
depending on how well the subject tolerates the treatment. See Section 4.5.4, 4.5.5, and 4.5.7 for 
additional details. 
Subjects who discontinue carboplatin alone may, at the investigator’s discretion, be switched to 
pemetrexed/cisplatin for the remainder of the platinum doublet cycles (up to 4 cycles in total). 
Dosing for pemetrexed/cisplatin for such subjects should follow the instructions in the 
Pemetrexed/Cisplatin with Pemetrexed Continuation Maintenance, Section 4.5.3.1.
4.5.2
Nivolumab plus Ipilimumab (Arm B)
NOTE: As per revised protocol 04, Arm B has closed enrollment.
Subjects randomized to Arm B will receive treatment with nivolumab 3 mg/kg as a 30-minute 
infusion every 2 weeks and ipilimumab 1 mg/kg as a 30-minute infusion every 6 weeks, starting 
on Day 1, until progression, unacceptable toxicity, withdrawal of consent, a maximum of 
24 months (96 weeks), or the study ends, whichever occurs first. 
When study drugs (nivolumab and ipilimumab) are to be administered on the same day, nivolumab 
is to be administered first. Nivolumab infusion must be promptly followed by a saline flush to 
clear the line of nivolumab before starting the ipilimumab infusion. The second infusion will 
always be ipilimumab and will start after the infusion line has been flushed, filters changed, and 
patient has been observed to ensure no infusion reaction has occurred. The time in between 
infusions is expected to be approximately 30 minutes but may be more or less depending on the 
situation. 
Dosing calculations should be based on the body weight assessed. If the subject’s weight on the 
day of dosing differs by > 10% from the weight used to calculate the prior dose, the dose must be 
recalculated. All doses should be rounded up to the nearest milligram or per institutional standard.
There will be no dose escalations or reductions allowed. 
Subjects may be dosed with nivolumab no less than 12 days from the previous dose. Subjects may 
be dose with ipilimumab no less than 37 days from the previous dose. There are no premedications 
recommended. 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
63
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
There will be no dose escalations or reductions of nivolumab or ipilimumab allowed. 
Premedications are not recommended for the first dose of nivolumab or ipilimumab.
Doses of nivolumab may be interrupted, delayed, or discontinued depending on how well the 
subject tolerates the treatment. Dosing visits are not skipped, only delayed.
Nivolumab Injection, 100 mg/10 mL (10 mg/mL) and 40 mg/mL (10 mg/mL) is to be administered 
as an IV infusion through a 0.2-micron to 1.2-micron pore size, low-protein binding
(polyethersulfone membrane) in-line filter at the protocol-specified doses. It is not to be 
administered as an IV push or bolus injection. Nivolumab injection can be infused undiluted 
(10 mg/mL) or diluted with 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP or 5% Dextrose Injection, USP 
to protein concentrations as low as 0.35 mg/mL, not to exceed a total infusion volume of 160 mL. 
For patients weighting less than 40 kg, the total volume of infusion must not exceed 4 mL/kg of 
patient weight. Instructions for dilution and infusion of nivolumab injection may be provided in 
the clinical protocol, pharmacy binder, or pharmacy reference sheet. Care must be taken to assure 
sterility of the prepared solution as the product does not contain any antimicrobial preservative or 
bacteriostatic agent. 
Nivolumab infusions are compatible with polyvinyl chloride (PVC) or polyolefin containers and 
infusion sets and glass bottles. 
Ipilimumab injection can be used for IV administration without dilution after transferring to a 
PVC, non-PVC/non-DEHP or glass container and is stable for 24 hours at 2-8°C or room 
temperature/room light (RT/RL). For ipilimumab storage instructions, refer to ipilimumab IB 
and/or pharmacy reference sheets.
Separate infusion bags and filters should be used when administering nivolumab and ipilimumab 
on the same day.
Ipilimumab is to be administered as a 30-minute IV infusion, may be using a volumetric pump 
with a 0.2 to 1.2 micron in-line filter at the protocol-specified dose. The drug can be diluted with 
0.9% normal saline or 5% Dextrose Injection to concentrations between 1 mg/mL and 4 mg/mL. 
It is not to be administered as an IV push or bolus injections. Care must be taken to assure sterility 
of the prepared solutions, since the drug product does not contain any antimicrobial preservatives 
or bacteriostatic agents. At the end of the infusion, flush the line with a sufficient quantity of 
normal saline or 5% dextrose solution.  
Subjects should be carefully monitored for infusion reactions. If an acute infusion reaction is noted, 
subjects should be managed according to Section 4.5.11.
Doses of nivolumab and/or ipilimumab may be interrupted, delayed, or discontinued depending 
on how well the subject tolerates the treatment. See Sections 4.5.4.2, 4.5.5.1, 4.5.7.1, and 4.5.7.2
for additional information.
4.5.3
Pemetrexed and Cisplatin or Carboplatin (Arm C)
Subjects randomized to Arm C may receive 1 of the following pemetrexed/platinum regimens, 
with pemetrexed continuation maintenance therapy.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
64
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
4.5.3.1
Pemetrexed/Cisplatin With Pemetrexed Continuation Maintenance 
Subjects will receive pemetrexed at a dose of 500 mg/m2 as a 10-minute IV infusion or per 
institutional standard on Day 1 with cisplatin at a dose of 75 mg/m² as a 120-minute IV infusion 
or per institutional standard on Day 1 of a 3-week treatment cycle for up to 4 cycles.  
After Cycle 4, subjects with stable disease or response will discontinue cisplatin and continue 
pemetrexed at the same dose and schedule as continuation maintenance until progression, 
unacceptable toxicity, or withdrawal of consent. In subjects who required pemetrexed dose 
reduction due to toxicity during the pemetrexed/cisplatin combination cycles, the dose of 
pemetrexed may be escalated to 500 mg/m2 after the discontinuation of cisplatin, at the 
investigator’s discretion and according to local standards, if the prior toxicity was felt to be related 
mainly to cisplatin. 
Dosing calculations should be based on the body surface area calculation and may be capped per 
local standards. The dose may remain the same if the subject’s weight is within 10% of the baseline 
weight or prior dose weight. All doses should be rounded up to the nearest milligram or per 
institutional standard. 
Cisplatin will be administered to subjects over 120 minutes or per institutional standard following 
the end of the pemetrexed infusion. Pretreatment hydration for cisplatin can follow local standard 
of care, or use 1 to 2 liters of fluid infused IV for 8 to 12 hours prior to cisplatin infusion is 
recommended. Adequate hydration and urinary output must be maintained for at least 24 hours 
following cisplatin administration. Administration and monitoring should be performed according 
to local standards. Use of mannitol following the cisplatin infusion should also follow local 
standard of care. 
Premedications for use with pemetrexed: Oral corticosteroid should be given according to local 
standards at a dose equivalent to dexamethasone 4 mg BID on the day prior to, the day of, and the 
day after the administration of pemetrexed. Oral folic acid 350 to 1000 mcg daily should be given 
starting 1 week prior to the first dose of pemetrexed, with at least 5 doses of folic acid administered 
in the 7 days prior to the first dose. Oral folic acid should be continued daily throughout the 
treatment with pemetrexed and for 21 days after the last dose of pemetrexed. Intramuscular (IM) 
injection of vitamin B12 1000 mcg should be given approximately 1 week prior to the first dose 
of pemetrexed repeated every 3 cycles thereafter during pemetrexed treatment. Subsequent 
injections of vitamin B12 may be given on the same day as pemetrexed. 
Premedications for use with pemetrexed/cisplatin: Antiemetic premedication will be administered 
according to local standards. Recommended antiemetic treatments are dexamethasone (dosing 
according to local standards; an equivalent dose of another corticosteroid may be substituted) and 
a 5-HT3 receptor antagonist (type per investigator discretion and local standards of care). 
Additional use of antiemetic premedications may be employed at the discretion of the Investigator. 
Doses of pemetrexed and/or cisplatin may be interrupted, delayed, reduced, or discontinued 
depending on how well the subject tolerates the treatment. See Section 4.5.4, 4.5.5, and 4.5.7 for 
additional details.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
65
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
All subjects who will be receiving cisplatin should have audiometric testing performed prior to 
initiation of therapy and prior to subsequent doses of cisplatin, or as per local standards of care. 
Subjects who discontinue cisplatin alone may, at the investigator’s discretion, be switched to 
pemetrexed/carboplatin for the remainder of the platinum doublet cycles (up to 4 cycles in total). 
Dosing for pemetrexed/carboplatin for such subjects should follow the instructions in the 
pemetrexed/carboplatin with pemetrexed continuation maintenance Section 4.5.3.2. 
4.5.3.2
Pemetrexed/Carboplatin With Pemetrexed Continuation Maintenance 
Subjects will receive pemetrexed at a dose of 500 mg/m2 as a 10-minute IV infusion or per 
institutional standard on Day 1, followed by carboplatin at a dose of AUC 5 or 6 as a 30-minute 
IV infusion or per institutional standard, on Day 1 of a 3-week treatment cycle for up to 4 cycles. 
After Cycle 4, subjects with stable disease or response will discontinue carboplatin and continue 
pemetrexed at the same dose and schedule as continuation maintenance until progression, 
unacceptable toxicity, or withdrawal of consent. In subjects who required pemetrexed dose 
reduction due to toxicity during the pemetrexed/carboplatin combination cycles, the dose of 
pemetrexed may be escalated to 500 mg/m2 after the discontinuation of carboplatin, at the 
investigator’s discretion and according to local standards, if the prior toxicity was felt to be related 
mainly to carboplatin. 
Pemetrexed dosing calculations should be based on the body surface area calculation. The dose 
may remain the same if the subject’s weight is within 10% weight used to calculate the previous 
dose. All doses should be rounded up to the nearest milligram or per institutional standard. 
The carboplatin dose will be calculated using the Calvert formula as follows: 

Carboplatin dose (mg) = Target AUC x [(CrCl (mL/min) + 25] 

Creatinine clearance (CrCl) calculation is based on the Cockroft-Gault formula and should 
include the most recent serum creatinine and most recent weight. NOTE: If calculation of the 
CrCl by the Cockroft-Gault formula yields a result of > 125 mL/min, then a CrCl should be 
calculated by an alternative formula per institutional standards or capped at 125 mL/min.

The dose of carboplatin may be capped per local standards 
Premedication for use with pemetrexed: Oral corticosteroid should be given according to local 
standards at a dose equivalent to dexamethasone 4 mg BID on the day prior to, the day of, and the 
day after the administration of pemetrexed. Oral folic acid 350 to 1000 mcg daily should be given 
starting 1 week prior to the first dose of pemetrexed, with at least 5 doses of folic acid administered 
in the 7 days prior to the first dose. Oral folic acid should be continued daily throughout the 
treatment with pemetrexed and for 21 days after the last dose of pemetrexed. IM injection of 
vitamin B12 1000 mcg should be given approximately 1 week prior to the first dose of pemetrexed 
and repeated every 3 cycles thereafter during pemetrexed treatment. Subsequent injections of 
vitamin B12 may be given on the same day as pemetrexed. 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
66
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Premedications for use with pemetrexed/carboplatin: Antiemetic premedication will be 
administered according to local standards. Recommended antiemetic treatments are 
dexamethasone (dosing according to local standards; an equivalent dose of another corticosteroid 
may be substituted) and a 5-HT3 receptor antagonist (type per investigator discretion and local 
standards-of-care). Additional use of antiemetic premedications may be employed at the discretion 
of the Investigator. 
Doses of pemetrexed and/or carboplatin may be interrupted, delayed, reduced, or discontinued 
depending on how well the subject tolerates the treatment. See Section 4.5.4, 4.5.5, and 4.5.7 for 
additional details.
Subjects who discontinue carboplatin alone may, at the investigator’s discretion, be switched to 
pemetrexed/cisplatin for the remainder of the platinum doublet cycles (up to 4 cycles in total). 
Dosing for pemetrexed/cisplatin for such subjects should follow the instructions in the 
pemetrexed/cisplatin with pemetrexed continuation maintenance Section 4.5.3.1.
4.5.4
Dose Delay Criteria 
Tumor assessments for all subjects should continue as per protocol even if dosing is delayed.
4.5.4.1
Dose Delay Criteria for Arm A (Nivolumab plus Platinum-Doublet 
Chemotherapy) 
In Arm A, dosing of all drugs should be delayed if any criteria in Sections 4.5.4.2 or 4.5.4.3 are 
met. 
4.5.4.2
Dose Delay for Arm B (Nivolumab plus Ipilimumab) 
Nivolumab and ipilimumab administration should be delayed for the following: 

Any Grade ≥ 2 non-skin, drug-related adverse event, except for fatigue and laboratory 
abnormalities 

Any Grade ≥ 3 skin drug-related AE 

Any Grade ≥ 3 drug-related laboratory abnormality with the following exceptions for 
lymphopenia, AST, ALT, or total bilirubin or asymptomatic amylase or lipase: 

Grade 3 lymphopenia does not require a dose delay 

If a subject has a baseline AST, ALT, or total bilirubin that is within normal limits, delay 
dosing for drug-related Grade ≥ 2 toxicity 

If a subject has baseline AST, ALT, or total bilirubin within the Grade 1 toxicity range, 
delay dosing for drug-related Grade ≥ 3 toxicity 

Any Grade ≥ 3 drug-related amylase or lipase abnormality that is not associated with 
symptoms or clinical manifestations of pancreatitis does not require dose delay. 

Any AE, laboratory abnormality or inter-current illness which, in the judgment of the 
investigator, warrants delaying the dose of study medication. 
Subjects receiving ipilimumab in combination with nivolumab that have drug-related toxicities 
that meet the criteria for dose delay should have both drugs (ipilimumab and nivolumab) delayed 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
67
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
until retreatment criteria are met. (Exceptions apply to the retreatment criteria after dose delay of 
ipilimumab and nivolumab for Grade ≥ 3 amylase and lipase abnormalities that are not associated 
with symptoms or clinical manifestations of pancreatitis and that are attributed to ipilimumab 
alone.) 

Nivolumab may be delayed until the next planned ipilimumab dose if the next ipilimumab dose 
is scheduled within the next 12 days. This will permit periodic ipilimumab dosing to be 
synchronized with nivolumab dosing. 

Ipilimumab should be dosed at the specified interval regardless of any delays in intervening 
nivolumab doses. However, in order to maintain periodic synchronized dosing of ipilimumab 
and nivolumab, the dosing days of nivolumab and ipilimumab may be adjusted within the 
permitted 5 day window, as long as consecutive nivolumab doses are given at least 12 days 
apart. Ipilimumab may be delayed beyond the 5-day window if needed to synchronize with the 
next nivolumab dose. 

If an ipilimumab dose is delayed beyond 6 weeks from the prior ipilimumab dose, then 
subsequent ipilimumab doses should be rescheduled to maintain the 6-week interval between 
consecutive ipilimumab doses. 

A dose delay of ipilimumab which results in no ipilimumab dosing for > 12 weeks requires 
ipilimumab discontinuation, with exceptions as noted in Section 4.5.6.2. 
4.5.4.3
Dose Delay Criteria for Platinum Doublet Chemotherapy
In Arms A and C, dosing of both drugs in the platinum doublet chemotherapy regimen selected 
should be delayed for any of the following on the Day 1 of each cycle: 

Absolute neutrophil count (ANC) < 1500/μL 

Platelets < 100,000/mm3 

Any Grade ≥ 2 non-skin, non-hematologic, drug-related adverse event (excluding Grade 2 
alopecia, Grade 2 fatigue, and Grade 2 laboratory abnormalities) 

Any Grade ≥ 3 skin, drug-related adverse event 

Any Grade ≥ 3 drug-related laboratory abnormality, with the following exceptions for 
lymphopenia, AST, ALT, or total bilirubin: 

Grade 3 lymphopenia does not require dose delay. 

If a subject has a baseline AST, ALT or total bilirubin that is within normal limits, delay 
dosing for drug-related Grade ≥ 2 toxicity. 

If a subject has baseline AST, ALT, or total bilirubin within the Grade 1 toxicity range, 
delay dosing for drug-related Grade ≥ 3 toxicity. 

Any adverse event, laboratory abnormality, or intercurrent illness which, in the judgment of 
the investigator, warrants delaying the dose of study medication. Investigators should consult 
local labeling for the chemotherapy drugs being administered to any given subject for 
additional guidance on dose delays. 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
68
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
In addition, subjects receiving cisplatin with pemetrexed must discontinue cisplatin if the 
calculated creatinine clearance decreases to < 50 mL/min (based on the Cockroft Gault formula)
and discontinue pemetrexed if the calculated creatinine clearance decreases to <45 mL/min. 
Pemetrexed may be continued, and the platinum agent may, at the investigator’s discretion, be 
switched to carboplatin for the remainder of the platinum doublet cycles (up to 4 cycles in total) 
as specified in Section 4.5.6.3 and Section 4.5.7.3. 
If any non-hematologic adverse event meeting the dose delay criteria above is felt to be related to 
only 1 particular agent in the platinum doublet chemotherapy regimen, then that agent alone may 
be omitted for that cycle while the other agent is given. In order to maintain synchronized dosing 
of the regimen, the omitted agent should be resumed with the next scheduled cycle once the AE 
has improved and retreatment criteria are met. Please refer to Section 4.5.4.3 to determine if dose 
reduction of the resumed agent is required.
If both drugs in the platinum doublet chemotherapy regimen are delayed, then the subject should 
be re-evaluated weekly or more frequently if clinically indicated until re-treatment criteria are met 
(as per Section 4.5.6.3). 
4.5.5
Dose Reductions 
4.5.5.1
Dose Reductions for Nivolumab or Ipilimumab 
There will be no dose reductions for nivolumab or ipilimumab 
4.5.5.2
Dose Reductions for Platinum Doublet Chemotherapy 
Dose reductions of platinum doublet chemotherapy may be required and will be performed 
according to Table 4.5.5.2-1. The dosing reduction criteria will apply to Arms A and C. 
Chemotherapy dose reductions are permanent; once the dose of any chemotherapy agent is 
reduced, it may not be re-escalated in subsequent cycles, except as noted when starting pemetrexed 
maintenance therapy. The dose reductions for each agent in the platinum doublet chemotherapy 
regimen are not linked and may be adjusted independently as summarized below.   
Any subjects with 2 prior dose reductions for one agent who experiences a toxicity that would 
cause a third dose reduction must be discontinued from that agent.
Table 4.5.5.2-1:
Dose Modification of Chemotherapeutic Agents
Dose Level 
Pemetrexed 
Cisplatin 
Carboplatin 
Starting dose 
500 mg/m² 
75 mg/m² 
AUC 5 or 6 with pemetrexed 
First dose reduction 
375 mg/m²
56 mg/m²
AUC 4 or 5 with pemetrexed 
Second dose 
reduction 
250 mg/m²
38 mg/m²
AUC 3 or 4 with pemetrexed 
Third dose 
reduction 
Discontinue 
Discontinue 
Discontinue 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
69
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Dose Reductions for Hematologic Toxicity 
Dose modifications for hematologic toxicities (according to CTCAE version 4) are summarized in 
Table 4.5.5.2-2. Dose adjustments are based on nadir blood counts (assessed as per local standards) 
since the preceding drug administration. Dose level adjustments for platinum doublet 
chemotherapy are relative to that of the preceding administration. Generally, both chemotherapy 
agents in the platinum doublet chemotherapy regimen should be dose reduced together for 
hematologic toxicity. After the first cycle, growth factors may be used to assist hematologic 
recovery. Use local standards of care in the use of these supportive measures. Additionally, 
prophylactic antibiotics may be used according to local standards of care. Please report any 
antibiotic or growth factor use on the eCRF. 
Table 4.5.5.2-2:
Dose Modifications for Hematologic Toxicity (based on nadir 
counts)
Toxicity
Pemetrexed
Cisplatin
Carboplatin
Neutrophil Count Decreased
Grade 4
(< 500/mm3 or < 0.5 x 109/L)
Reduce one dose 
level
Reduce one dose 
level
Reduce one dose 
level
Platelet Count Decreased
Grade 3
50,000/mm3; 25.0 to < 50.0 x 109/L)
Reduce one dose 
level
Reduce one dose 
level
Reduce one dose 
level
Grade 4
(< 25,000/mm3; < 25.0 x 109/L)
Reduce one dose 
level
Reduce one dose 
level
Reduce one dose
level
Dose Reductions for Non-Hematologic Toxicities 
Dose adjustments for platinum doublet chemotherapy for non-hematologic toxicities during 
treatment are described in Table 4.5.5.2-3. All dose reductions should be made based on the worst 
grade toxicity. Subjects experiencing any of the toxicities detailed in Table 4.5.5.2-3 during the 
previous cycle should have their chemotherapy delayed until retreatment criteria are met (per 
Section 4.5.6.3) and then reduced for all subsequent cycles by 1 dose level or discontinued as 
appropriate. Dose levels for the 2 drugs in the platinum-doublet chemotherapy regimen are not 
linked and may be reduced independently, as summarized in the table below.
Table 4.5.5.2-3:
Non-hematologic Toxicity Dose Reductions
Toxicity
Pemetrexed
Cisplatin
Carboplatin
Febrile Neutropenia
Grade ≥ 3
Reduce one dose level
Reduce one dose level
Reduce one dose level
Diarrhea
Grade ≥ 3
Reduce one dose level
No change
No change
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
70
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Table 4.5.5.2-3:
Non-hematologic Toxicity Dose Reductions
Toxicity
Pemetrexed
Cisplatin
Carboplatin
Allergic reactiona
Grade ≥ 3
Discontinue
Discontinue
Discontinue
Neuropathy
Grade 2
No change
Reduce one dose level
No change
Neuropathy
Grade ≥ 3
Discontinue
Discontinue
Discontinue
Calculated creatinine clearance
< 50 mL/min
Discontinue if creatinine 
clearance < 45 mL/mon
Discontinue
Discontinue if
creatinine clearance
< 20 mL/min
Other Grade ≥ 3 toxicity 
(except for fatigue and transient 
arthralgia and myalgia)
Adjust as medically 
indicated
Adjust as medically 
indicated
Adjust as medically 
indicated
a Only the drug(s) causing the hypersensitivity reaction or acute infusion reaction (≥ Grade 3) require(s) 
discontinuation. All other drugs may be continued.
4.5.6
Criteria to Resume Dosing 
4.5.6.1
Criteria to Resume Nivolumab Dosing 
Subjects may resume treatment with nivolumab when the drug-related AE(s) resolve(s) to Grade 
≤ 1 or baseline, with the following exceptions: 

Subjects may resume treatment in the presence of Grade 2 fatigue. 

Subjects who have not experienced a Grade 3 drug-related skin AE may resume treatment in 
the presence of Grade 2 skin toxicity. 

Subjects with combined Grade 2 AST/ALT AND
total bilirubin values meeting 
discontinuation parameters (Section 4.5.4.2) should have treatment permanently discontinued. 

For subjects with Grade 2 AST, ALT, OR TBILI elevations, dosing may resume when 
laboratory values return to baseline and management with corticosteroids, if needed, is 
complete.

Drug-related pulmonary toxicity, diarrhea, or colitis must have resolved to baseline before 
treatment is resumed. Subjects with persistent Grade 1 pneumonitis after completion of a 
steroid taper over at least 1 month may be eligible for retreatment if discussed with and 
approved by the Medical Monitor. 

Subjects who received systemic corticosteroids for management of any drug-related toxicity 
must be off corticosteroids or have tapered down to an equivalent dose of prednisone 
10 mg/day. 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
71
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab

Drug-related endocrinopathies adequately controlled with only physiologic hormone 
replacement may resume treatment after consultation with the Medical Monitor. 

Subjects who delay study treatment due to any Grade ≥3 amylase or lipase abnormality that is 
not associated with symptoms or clinical manifestations of pancreatitis, and that is assessed by 
the investigator to be related to ipilimumab and not to nivolumab, may resume nivolumab 
when the amylase or lipase abnormality has resolved to Grade < 3. The Medical Monitor 
should be consulted prior to resuming nivolumab in such subjects.
4.5.6.2
Criteria to Resume Ipilimumab Dosing 
Subjects may resume treatment with ipilimumab when drug-related AE(s) resolve(s) to Grade 1 or 
baseline value, with the following exceptions: 

Subjects may resume treatment in the presence of Grade 2 fatigue. 

Subjects who have not experienced a Grade 3 drug-related skin AE may resume treatment in 
the presence of Grade 2 skin toxicity. 

Subjects with baseline Grade 1 AST/ALT or total bilirubin who require dose delays for reasons 
other than a 2-grade shift in AST/ALT or total bilirubin may resume treatment in the presence 
of Grade 2 AST/ALT or total bilirubin. 

Subjects with combined Grade 2 AST/ALT and total bilirubin values meeting discontinuation 
parameters (Section 4.5.7.2) should have treatment permanently discontinued. 

Drug-related pulmonary toxicity, diarrhea, or colitis must have resolved to baseline before 
treatment is resumed. 

Subjects who received systemic corticosteroids for management of any drug-related toxicity 
must be off corticosteroids or have tapered down to an equivalent dose of prednisone 
≤10 mg/day. 

Drug-related endocrinopathies adequately controlled with only physiologic hormone 
replacement may resume treatment after consultation with the Medical Monitor. 

Dose delay of ipilimumab which results in no ipilimumab dosing for > 12 weeks requires 
ipilimumab discontinuation, with exceptions as noted in Section 4.5.6.2. 

Ipilimumab may not be resumed sooner than 6 weeks (5 days) after the prior ipilimumab 
dose. 

In general, subjects who meet criteria to resume ipilimumab will also have met criteria to 
resume nivolumab, so it should be feasible to synchronize dosing of both drugs when resuming 
ipilimumab. In order to facilitate this, the dosing days of nivolumab and ipilimumab may be 
adjusted within the permitted 5 day window, as long as consecutive nivolumab doses are 
given at least 12 days apart. 

One exception to note is when ipilimumab and nivolumab doses are delayed due to 
drug-related Grade ≥ 3 amylase or lipase abnormalities not associated with symptoms or 
clinical manifestations of pancreatitis. If the investigator assesses the Grade ≥ 3 amylase or 
lipase abnormality to be related to ipilimumab and not related to nivolumab, nivolumab may 
be resumed when the amylase or lipase abnormality resolves to Grade < 3 but ipilimumab may 
only be resumed when the amylase or lipase abnormality resolves to Grade 1 or baseline. 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
72
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Investigator attribution of this toxicity to the ipilimumab dosing must be clearly noted in the 
subject’s medical chart. The Medical Monitor should be consulted prior to resuming nivolumab 
in such subjects.
4.5.6.3
Criteria to Resume Platinum Doublet Chemotherapy Dosing

Subjects may resume treatment with platinum doublet chemotherapy when the ANC returns to 
≥ 1500/μL, the platelet count returns to ≥ 100,000/mm3, and all other drug-related toxicities 
have returned to baseline or Grade ≤ 1 (or Grade ≤ 2 for alopecia and fatigue). 

If a subject fails to meet criteria for reinitiating treatment, then treatment should be delayed, 
and the subject should be re-evaluated weekly or more frequently as clinically indicated. Any 
subject who fails to recover from toxicity attributable to platinum doublet chemotherapy to 
baseline or Grade ≤ 1 (except Grade 2 alopecia and fatigue) within 6 weeks from the last dose 
given should discontinue the drug(s) that caused the delay. 

When resuming platinum doublet chemotherapy treatment, please follow the dose reduction 
recommendations in Section 4.5.5.2.
4.5.7
Treatment Discontinuation Criteria 
For all subjects, global deterioration of health status requiring discontinuation of treatment without 
objective evidence of disease progression at that time should be reported as ‘symptomatic 
deterioration’ in the source data and in the case report form. Every effort should be made to 
document objective progression (ie, radiographic confirmation) even after discontinuation of 
treatment. 
4.5.7.1
Nivolumab Dose Discontinuation 
Treatment with nivolumab should be permanently discontinued for any of the following: 

Any Grade 2 drug-related uveitis or eye pain or blurred vision that does not respond to topical 
therapy and does not improve to Grade 1 severity within the treatment re-initiation period OR 
requires systemic treatment 

Any Grade ≥ 2 drug-related pneumonitis or interstitial lung disease that does not resolve to 
dose delay and systemic steroids (also see Pulmonary Adverse Event Management Algorithm)

Any Grade 3 drug-related bronchospasm, hypersensitivity reaction, or infusion reaction, 
regardless of duration 

Any Grade 3 non-skin, drug-related adverse event lasting > 7 days, with the following 
exceptions for uveitis, pneumonitis, bronchospasm, diarrhea, colitis, neurologic toxicity, 
myocarditis (also see Mycoarditis Management Algorithm), hypersensitivity reactions, 
infusion reactions, endocrinopathies, and laboratory abnormalities: 

Grade 3 drug-related uveitis, pneumonitis, bronchospasm, diarrhea, colitis, neurologic 
toxicity, hypersensitivity reaction, or infusion reaction of any duration requires 
discontinuation. 

Grade 3 drug-related endocrinopathies adequately controlled with only physiologic 
hormone replacement do not require discontinuation. 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
73
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab

Grade 3 drug-related laboratory abnormalities do not require treatment discontinuation except: 

Grade 3 drug-related thrombocytopenia > 7 days or associated with bleeding requires 
discontinuation. 

Any drug-related liver function test (LFT) abnormality that meets the following criteria 
require discontinuation (also see Hepatic Adverse Event Management Algorithm): 
AST or ALT > 5-10 ULN for > 2 weeks 
AST or ALT > 10 ULN 
Total bilirubin > 5 ULN 
Concurrent AST or ALT > 3 x ULN and total bilirubin > 2 ULN 

Any Grade 4 drug-related adverse event or laboratory abnormality, except for the following 
events, which do not require discontinuation: 

Grade 4 neutropenia ≤ 7 days 

Grade 4 lymphopenia or leukopenia 

Isolated Grade 4 amylase or lipase abnormalities that are not associated with symptoms or 
clinical manifestations of pancreatitis and decrease to < Grade 4 within 1 week of onset. 
The Medical Monitor should be consulted for Grade 4 amylase or lipase abnormalities 

Isolated Grade 4 electrolyte imbalances/abnormalities that are not associated with clinical 
sequelae and are corrected with supplementation/appropriate management within 72 hours 
of their onset 

Grade 4 drug-related endocrinopathy adverse events such as adrenal insufficiency, ACTH 
deficiency, hyper- or hypothyroidism, or glucose intolerance, which resolve or are 
adequately controlled with physiologic hormone replacement (corticosteroids, thyroid 
hormones) or glucose controlling agents, respectively, may not require discontinuation 
after discussion with and approval from the Medical Monitor. 

Dosing delay of nivolumab which results in treatment interruption of > 6 weeks requires 
treatment discontinuation with the following exceptions:

Dosing delays to allow for prolonged steroid tapers to manage drug-related adverse events 
are allowed. Prior to re-initiating treatment in a subject with a dosing delay lasting > 6 
weeks from the previous dose, the Medical Monitor must be consulted. Tumor assessments 
should continue as per protocol even if dosing is delayed. Periodic study visits to assess 
safety and laboratory studies should also continue every 6 weeks or more frequently if 
clinically indicated during such dosing delays. 

Dosing delays lasting > 6 weeks from the previous dose that occur for non-drug-related 
reasons may be allowed if approved by the Medical Monitor. Prior to re-initiating treatment 
in a subject with a dosing delay lasting > 6 weeks, the Medical Monitor must be consulted. 
Tumor assessments should continue as per protocol even if dosing is delayed. 

Periodic study visits to assess safety and laboratory studies should also continue every 
6 weeks or more frequently if clinically indicated during such dosing delays. 

Any adverse event, laboratory abnormality, or intercurrent illness which, in the judgment of 
the Investigator, presents a substantial clinical risk to the subject with continued nivolumab 
dosing. 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
74
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
The assessment for discontinuation of nivolumab should be made separately from the assessment 
made for discontinuation of ipilimumab. Although there is overlap among the discontinuation 
criteria, if discontinuation criteria are met for ipilimumab but not for nivolumab, treatment with 
nivolumab may continue if ipilimumab is discontinued.
If a subject in the nivolumab/ipilimumab combination arm meets criteria for discontinuation and 
investigator is unable to determine whether the event is related to one or both study drugs, the 
subject should discontinue both nivolumab and ipilimumab and be taken off the treatment phase 
of the study. 
The assessment for discontinuation of nivolumab should be made separately from the assessment 
made for discontinuation of chemotherapy doublet. If criteria for discontinuation for nivolumab 
are met before the nivolumab plus platinum doublet chemotherapy cycles have been completed, 
platinum doublet chemotherapy may continue until 4 cycles (maximum) have been given.
4.5.7.2
Ipilimumab Dose Discontinuation 
Ipilimumab should be permanently discontinued if any of the following criteria are met: 

Any Grade ≥ 2 drug-related uveitis or eye pain or blurred vision that does not respond to topical 
therapy and does not improve to Grade 1 severity within 2 weeks OR requires systemic 
treatment; 

Any Grade ≥ 3 bronchospasm or other hypersensitivity reaction; 

Any other Grade 3 non-skin, drug-related adverse with the following exceptions for laboratory 
abnormalities, Grade 3 nausea and vomiting, Grade 3 neutropenia and thrombocytopenia, and 
symptomatic endocrinopathies which resolved (with or without hormone substitution); 

Any drug-related liver function test (LFT) abnormality that meets the following criteria require 
discontinuation: 

AST or ALT > 8 ULN 

Total bilirubin > 5 ULN 

Concurrent AST or ALT > 3 ULN and total bilirubin > 2 ULN 

Any Grade 4 drug-related adverse event or laboratory abnormality, except for the following 
events, which do not require discontinuation: 

Grade 4 neutropenia ≤ 7 days 

Grade 4 lymphopenia or leukopenia 

Isolated Grade 4 amylase or lipase abnormalities which are not associated with symptoms 
or clinical manifestations of pancreatitis. The Medical Monitor should be consulted for 
Grade 4 amylase or lipase abnormalities

Isolated Grade 4 electrolyte imbalances/abnormalities that are not associated with clinical 
sequelae and are corrected with supplementation/appropriate management within 72 hours 
of their onset 

Grade 4 drug-related endocrinopathy adverse events such as adrenal insufficiency, ACTH 
deficiency, hyper- or hypothyroidism, or glucose intolerance, which resolve or are 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
75
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
adequately controlled with physiologic hormone replacement (corticosteroids, thyroid 
hormones) or glucose controlling agents, respectively, may not require discontinuation 
after discussion with and approval from the Medical Monitor. 

Any treatment delay resulting in no ipilimumab dosing for > 12 weeks with the following 
exceptions: 

Dosing delays to manage drug-related adverse events, such as prolonged steroid tapers, are 
allowed. Prior to re-initiating treatment in a subject with a dosing delay lasting > 12 weeks, 
the Medical Monitor must be consulted. Tumor assessments should continue as per 
protocol even if dosing is delayed. 

Dosing delays lasting > 12 weeks from the previous dose that occur for non-drug related 
reasons may be allowed if approved by the Medical Monitor. Prior to re-initiating treatment 
in a subject with a dosing delay lasting > 12 weeks, the Medical Monitor must be consulted. 
Tumor assessments should continue as per protocol even if dosing is delayed. 

Any adverse event, laboratory abnormality, or intercurrent illness which, in the judgment of 
the Investigator, presents a substantial clinical risk to the subject with continued nivolumab 
dosing 

The assessment for discontinuation of ipilimumab should be made separately from the 
assessment made for discontinuation of nivolumab. Although there is overlap among the 
discontinuation criteria, if discontinuation criteria are met for ipilimumab but not for 
nivolumab, treatment with nivolumab may continue if ipilimumab is discontinued. 

If a subject in the nivolumab/ipilimumab combination arm meets criteria for discontinuation 
and investigator is unable to determine whether the event is related to both or one study drug, 
the subject should discontinue both nivolumab and ipilimumab and be taken off the treatment 
phase of the study.
4.5.7.3
Platinum Doublet Chemotherapy Dose Discontinuation 
Except where specified below, both chemotherapy drugs in the platinum doublet chemotherapy 
regimen should be discontinued for any of the following (applies to Arms A and C): 

Any Grade ≥ 3 peripheral neuropathy 

Grade ≥ 3 drug-related thrombocytopenia associated with clinically significant bleeding 

Any drug-related liver function test (LFT) abnormality that meets the following criteria 
requires discontinuation: 

AST or ALT > 5-10 x ULN for > 2 weeks 

AST or ALT > 10 x ULN 

Total bilirubin > 5 x ULN 

Concurrent AST or ALT > 3 x ULN and total bilirubin > 2 x ULN 

Any cisplatin-related decrease in creatinine clearance to < 50 mL/min (using the Cockroft 
Gault formula) requires discontinuation of cisplatin. 

Any drug-related adverse event which recurs after 2 prior dose reductions for the same 
drug-related adverse event (as specified in Section 4.5.5.2) requires discontinuation of the 
drug(s) which was/were previously dose reduced. 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
76
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab

Any Grade ≥ 3 drug-related hypersensitivity reaction or infusion reaction requires 
discontinuation of the drug(s) felt to be causing the reaction. The drug not felt to be related to 
the hypersensitivity reaction or infusion reaction may be continued. 

Any Grade 4 drug-related adverse event which the investigator deems is inappropriate to be 
managed by dose reduction(s) requires discontinuation of the drug(s) felt to be causing the 
event. The drug not felt to be related to the event may be continued. 

Any event that leads to delay in dosing of any study drug(s) for > 6 weeks from the previous 
dose requires discontinuation of that drug(s) with the following exception: 

Dosing delays lasting > 6 weeks from the previous dose that occur for non-drug-related 
reasons may be allowed if approved by the Medical Monitor. Prior to re-initiating treatment 
in a subject with a dosing delay lasting > 6 weeks, the Medical Monitor must be consulted. 
Periodic study visits to assess safety and laboratory studies should also continue every 6 
weeks or more frequently if clinically indicated during such dosing delays. 

Any adverse event, laboratory abnormality, or intercurrent illness which, in the judgment of 
the Investigator, presents a substantial clinical risk to the subject with continued platinum 
doublet chemotherapy dosing. Investigators should consult local labeling for the chemotherapy 
drugs being administered to any given subject for additional guidance on dose discontinuation. 

A total of 4 cycles of chemotherapy should be given prior to starting pemetrexed maintenance 
treatment. However, subjects who experience Grade 4 treatment-related hematologic toxicity, 
or Grade 3 treatment-related non-hematologic toxicity, may start maintenance therapy after 
3 cycles of chemotherapy. The nature and grade of the toxicity must be clearly noted, and the 
medical monitor must be notified. 

Note that subjects receiving pemetrexed/cisplatin who discontinue cisplatin alone may, at the 
investigator’s discretion, be switched to pemetrexed/carboplatin for the remainder of the 
platinum doublet cycles (up to 4 cycles in total). Subjects receiving pemetrexed/carboplatin 
who discontinue carboplatin alone may, at the investigator’s discretion, be switched to 
pemetrexed/cisplatin for the remainder of the platinum doublet cycles (up to 4 cycles in total). 

Pemetrexed should not be administered if the calculated CrCl is < 45 mL/min.
4.5.8
Treatment Beyond Disease Progression (Arms A and B) 
Accumulating evidence indicates a minority of subjects treated with immunotherapy may derive 
clinical benefit despite initial evidence of PD.32
Subjects will be permitted to continue on nivolumab (Arm A) or nivolumab + ipilimumab (Arm B) 
for treatment beyond initial RECIST 1.1-defined PD as long as they meet the following criteria: 

Investigator-assessed clinical benefit and no rapid disease progression 

Subject is tolerating treatment 

Stable performance status 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
77
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab

Treatment beyond progression will not delay an imminent intervention to prevent serious 
complications of disease progression (eg, CNS metastases) 

Subject provides written informed consent prior to receiving additional nivolumab and 
or ipilimumab treatment, using an ICF describing any reasonably foreseeable risks or 
discomforts, or other alternative treatment options. 
The decision to continue treatment beyond initial investigator-assessed progression must be 
discussed with the Medical Monitor and documented in the study records. A follow-up scan should 
be performed within six (6) weeks ± 7 days of original PD to determine whether there has been a 
decrease in the tumor size, or continued progression of disease. 
The assessment of clinical benefit should be balanced by clinical judgment as to whether the 
subject is clinically deteriorating and unlikely to receive any benefit from continued treatment with 
nivolumab.
If the investigator feels that the subject continues to achieve clinical benefit by continuing 
treatment, the subject should remain on the trial and continue to receive monitoring according to 
the Time and Events Schedule on Table 5.1-2. 
For the subjects in Arms A and B who continue study therapy beyond progression, further 
progression is defined as an additional 10% increase in tumor burden from time of initial PD. This 
includes an increase in the sum of diameters of all target lesions and/ or the diameters of new 
measurable lesions compared to the time of initial PD. Nivolumab and/or ipilimumab treatment 
should be discontinued permanently upon documentation of further progression. 

New lesions are considered measureable at the time of initial progression if the longest 
diameter is at least 10 mm (except for pathological lymph nodes which must have a short axis 
of at least 15 mm). Any new lesion considered non-measureable at the time of initial 
progression may become measurable and therefore included in the tumor burden if the longest 
diameter increases to at least 10 mm (except for pathological lymph nodes which must have a 
short axis of at least 15 mm). In situations where the relative increase in total tumor burden by 
10% is solely due to inclusion of new lesions which become measurable, these new lesions 
must demonstrate an absolute increase of at least 5 mm.
4.5.9
Nivolumab and Ipilimumab Maximum Duration of 24 Months

Subjects treated on nivolumab (Arm A) or nivolumab plus ipilimumab (Arm B) may receive a 
maximum treatment duration of 24 months (96 weeks).
4.5.10
Management Algorithms for Immuno-Oncology Agents 
Immuno-oncology (I-O) agents are associated with AEs that can differ in severity and duration 
than AEs caused by other therapeutic classes. Nivolumab and ipilimumab are considered immuno-
oncology agents in this protocol. Early recognition and management of AEs associated with 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
78
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
immuno-oncology agents may mitigate severe toxicity. Management Algorithms have been 
developed to assist investigators in assessing and managing the following groups of AEs: 

Gastrointestinal 

Renal 

Pulmonary 

Hepatic 

Myocarditis

Endocrinopathy 

Skin 

Neurological 
The above algorithms are found in the nivolumab Investigator Brochure and in Appendix 2.
4.5.11
Treatment of Nivolumab or Ipilimumab Infusion Reactions 
Since nivolumab and ipilimumab contain only human immunoglobulin protein sequences, they are 
unlikely to be immunogenic and induce infusion or hypersensitivity reactions. However, if such a 
reaction were to occur, it might manifest with fever, chills, rigors, headache, rash, pruritus, 
arthralgias, hypo- or hypertension, bronchospasm, or other symptoms. All Grade 3 or 4 infusion 
reactions should be reported within 24 hours to the Medical Monitor and reported as an SAE if 
criteria are met. Infusion reactions should be graded according to NCI CTCAE (Version 4) 
guidelines. 
Treatment recommendations are provided below and may be modified based on local treatment 
standards and guidelines, as appropriate: 
For Grade 1 symptoms: (mild reaction; infusion interruption not indicated; intervention not 
indicated) 
Remain at bedside and monitor subject until recovery from symptoms. The following prophylactic 
premedications are recommended for future infusions: diphenhydramine 50 mg (or equivalent) 
and/or acetaminophen/paracetamol 325 to 1000 mg at least 30 minutes before additional 
nivolumab or ipilimumab administrations. 
For Grade 2 symptoms: (moderate reaction requires therapy or infusion interruption but 
responds promptly to symptomatic treatment [eg,, antihistamines, non-steroidal anti-
inflammatory drugs, narcotics, corticosteroids, bronchodilators, IV fluids]; prophylactic 
medications indicated for ≤ 24 hours) 
Stop the nivolumab or ipilimumab infusion, begin an IV infusion of normal saline, and treat the 
subject with diphenhydramine 50 mg IV (or equivalent) and/or acetaminophen/paracetamol 325 
to 1000 mg; remain at bedside and monitor subject until resolution of symptoms. Corticosteroid 
and/or bronchodilator therapy may also be administered as appropriate. If the infusion is 
interrupted, then restart the infusion at 50% of the original infusion rate when symptoms resolve; 
if no further complications ensue after 30 minutes, the rate may be increased to 100% of the 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
79
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
original infusion rate. Monitor subject closely. If symptoms recur, then no further nivolumab or 
ipilimumab will be administered at that visit. Administer diphenhydramine 50 mg IV, and remain 
at bedside and monitor the subject until resolution of symptoms. The amount of study drug infused 
must be recorded on the electronic case report form (eCRF). 
For future infusions, the following prophylactic premedications are recommended: 
diphenhydramine 50 mg (or equivalent) and/or acetaminophen/paracetamol 325 to 1000 mg should 
be administered at least 30 minutes before nivolumab or ipilimumab infusions. If necessary, 
corticosteroids (up to 25 mg of SoluCortef or equivalent) may be used. 
For Grade 3 or 4 symptoms: (severe reaction, Grade 3: prolonged [ie, not rapidly responsive 
to symptomatic medication and/or brief interruption of infusion]; recurrence of symptoms 
following initial improvement; hospitalization indicated for other clinical sequelae [eg, renal 
impairment, pulmonary infiltrates]. Grade 4: Life threatening; pressor or ventilatory 
support indicated) 
Immediately discontinue infusion of nivolumab or ipilimumab. Begin an IV infusion of normal 
saline and treat the subject as follows: Recommend bronchodilators, epinephrine 0.2 to 1 mg of a 
1:1000 solution for subcutaneous administration or 0.1 to 0.25 mg of a 1:10,000 solution injected 
slowly for IV administration, and/or diphenhydramine 50 mg IV with methylprednisolone 100 mg 
IV (or equivalent), as needed. Subject should be monitored until the investigator is comfortable 
that the symptoms will not recur. Nivolumab or ipilimumab will be permanently discontinued. 
Investigators should follow their institutional guidelines for the treatment of anaphylaxis. Remain 
at bedside and monitor subject until recovery of the symptoms. 
In case of late-occurring hypersensitivity symptoms (eg, appearance of a localized or generalized 
pruritus within 1 week after treatment), symptomatic treatment may be given (eg, oral 
antihistamine or corticosteroids).
4.6
Blinding/Unblinding
Not applicable.
4.7
Treatment Compliance
Treatment compliance will be monitored by drug accountability as well as the subject’s medical 
record and eCRF.
4.8
Destruction or Return of Investigational Product
For this study, IP (those supplied by BMS, a vendor or sourced by the investigator) such as partially 
used study drug containers, vials and syringes may be destroyed on site. 
If...
Then...
IP supplied by BMS (including its 
vendors)
Any unused IP supplied by BMS can only be destroyed 
after being inspected and reconciled by the responsible 
Study Monitor unless IP containers must be immediately 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
80
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
If...
Then...
destroyed as required for safety, or to meet local
regulations (eg, cytotoxics or biologics).
If IP will be returned, the return will be arranged by the 
responsible Study Monitor.
IP sourced by site, not supplied by 
BMS (or its vendors) (examples 
include IP sourced from the sites 
stock or commercial supply, or a 
specialty pharmacy)
It is the investigator’s or designee’s responsibility to 
dispose of all containers according to the institutional 
guidelines and procedures.
It is the investigator’s or designee’s responsibility to arrange for disposal, provided that procedures 
for proper disposal have been established according to applicable federal, state, local, and 
institutional guidelines and procedures, and provided that appropriate records of disposal are kept. 
The following minimal standards must be met:

On-site disposal practices must not expose humans to risks from the drug.

On-site disposal practices and procedures are in agreement with applicable laws and 
regulations, including any special requirements for controlled or hazardous substances.

Written procedures for on-site disposal are available and followed. The procedures must be 
filed with the site’s SOPs and a copy provided to BMS upon request.

Records are maintained that allow for traceability of each container, including the date 
disposed of, quantity disposed, and identification of the person disposing the containers. The 
method of disposal, ie, incinerator, licensed sanitary landfill, or licensed waste disposal vendor 
must be documented.

Accountability and disposal records are complete, up-to-date, and available for the Monitor to 
review throughout the clinical trial period.
It is the investigator’s or designee’s responsibility to arrange for disposal of all empty containers.
If conditions for destruction cannot be met the responsible Study Monitor will make arrangements 
for return of IP provided by BMS (or its vendors). Destruction of non-IP sourced by the site, not 
supplied by BMS, is solely the responsibility of the investigator or designee.
Please refer to Section 9.2.2 for additional guidance on IP records and documentation.
4.9
Retained Samples for Bioavailability / Bioequivalence
Not Applicable. 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
81
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
5
STUDY ASSESSMENTS AND PROCEDURES
5.1
Flow Chart/Time and Events Schedule 
Table 5.1-1:
Screening Procedures (CA209722)
Procedure
Screening
Visit
Within 28 days prior to randomization (unless 
otherwise noted).
ICF can be obtained and a fresh biopsy can be 
done within 42 days prior to randomization. 
Notes
Eligibility Assessments
Informed Consent
X
Original IC in screening for protocol participation;
Study allows for re-enrollment of a subject that has discontinued the study as a 
pre-treatment failure.  If re-enrolled, the subject must be re-consented and
assigned a new subject number from IWRS.
Inclusion/Exclusion 
Criteria
X
All inclusion/exclusion criteria should be assessed at screening and confirmed 
prior to first dose
Medical History
X
Including smoking history. 
PD-L1 and T790M Tumor 
Tissue Testing
X
Availability of tumor samples prior to therapy is mandatory. A recent archived 
biopsy (preferably within 6 months of the first dose of the study treatment) or a 
fresh biopsy are required. If the only available achieved biopsy is more than 6 
months prior to the first dose of the study treatment, approval from Medical 
Monitor is required.
For 1L (first- or second-generation) TKI-treated subjects, initial testing of 
blood samples is allowed in local laboratories using assays approved by local 
Health Authority only to rule out T790M+ subjects. For T790M negative 
status, a confirmatory test will be performed centrally or locally using the 
cobas® EGFR Mutation Test v2 (US-IVD) on tumor tissues.
Sufficient tumor tissue obtained before start of study treatment in the 
metastatic setting or from an unresectable site (block or minimum of 12 slides, 
obtained from core biopsy, punch biopsy, excisional biopsy or surgical 
specimen) required for PD-L1 and confirmation of T790M negative status. For 
subjects where a biopsy is not feasible, archival tumor material must be made 
available. 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
82
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Table 5.1-1:
Screening Procedures (CA209722)
Procedure
Screening
Visit
Within 28 days prior to randomization (unless 
otherwise noted).
ICF can be obtained and a fresh biopsy can be 
done within 42 days prior to randomization. 
Notes
Screening/baseline tumor 
assessments
X
CT/MRI of Brain, Chest, Abdomen, Pelvis and all other known sites of disease 
within 28 days prior to randomization. MRI is preferred; CT with contrast is 
acceptable for brain imaging. 
If brain metastases were diagnosed at screening, the screening period can be 
extended up to 6 weeks to accommodate the treatment and recovery of brain 
metastases. Further extension of screening period requires approval of Medical 
Monitor.  
Tumor assessments following RECIST 1.1 criteria.
Prior cancer therapy
X
Dates, doses, response and duration of 1L or 2L EGFR TKI therapy and prior 
medications subjects received to treat cancers
ECOG Performance Status
X
Within 14 days of first dose
ECG (12-lead)
X
Obtained only for subjects who have met all eligibility criteria
Safety Assessments
Physical Examination
X
Height, weight, body surface area within 14 days of first dose.
Vital Signs
X
Including BP, HR, and temperature. Obtain vital signs at the screening visit 
(within 14 days prior to first dose) 
Assessment of Signs and 
Symptoms
X
Within 14 days of first dose
Serious Adverse Events 
Assessment
X
Concomitant Medication 
Collection
X
Within 14 days prior to first dose through the study period. 
Laboratory Tests
X
CBC with differential, chemistry panel including albumin, LDH, LFTs (AST, 
ALT, total bilirubin, alkaline phosphatase) BUN or serum urea level, 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
83
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Table 5.1-1:
Screening Procedures (CA209722)
Procedure
Screening
Visit
Within 28 days prior to randomization (unless 
otherwise noted).
ICF can be obtained and a fresh biopsy can be 
done within 42 days prior to randomization. 
Notes
creatinine, Ca, Mg, Na, K, Cl, phosphate, glucose, amylase, lipase, TSH, Free 
T4, Free T3, within 14 days prior to first dose.
Hepatitis B surface antigen (HBsAg), Hepatitis B core antibody (HBcAb), 
reflex HBV DNA, hepatitis C RNA (HCV RNA), and reflex hepatitis C 
antibody (HCV Ab). Within 28 days prior to randomization. 
Thyroid function test including TSH, free T3, and free T4 within 14 days prior 
to first dose for Arm A only.
Pregnancy Test 
X
Serum or urine within 24 hours of first dose. 
IWRS
Enrollment in IWRS 
X
For subject number assignment at the time the informed consent is obtained.
Randomize
X
Study treatment must begin within 7 days of randomization.
ALT, alanine aminotransferase; AST, aspartate aminotransferase; BUN, blood urea nitrogen; Ca, calcium, CBC, complete blood count, Cl, chlorine; CT, computed 
tomography; ECOG, Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group; EGFR TKI, epidermal growth factor receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitor; IWRS, interactive web response 
system; K, potassium; LDH, lactate dehydrogenase; Mg, magnesium, MRI, magnetic resonance imaging; Na, sodium; TSH, thyroid stimulating hormone.  
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
84
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Table 5.1-2:
On-treatment Procedural Outline (CA209722)a
Procedure
During 
Treatment
Visitb,c
Notes
Safety Assessments
Targeted Physical Examination
X
Vital Signs
X
Including BP, HR, and temperature.
Physical Measurements (including 
performance status)
X
Weight and ECOG status. The dosing calculations should be based on the body weight. If the 
subject’s weight on the day of dosing differs by > 10% from the weight used to calculate the dose, 
the dose must be recalculated.
Assessment of Signs and Symptoms
X
Concomitant Medication Collection
X
Serious Adverse Event Assessment
X
Adverse Events Assessment
X
Laboratory Tests
X
On-study local laboratory assessments should be done within 3 days prior to each dose starting at 
C1D1. If laboratory tests for screening are done within 3 days prior to each dose starting at C1D1, 
this screening data can be also used as C1D1 data.
CBC w/differential, albumin, LFTs (ALT, AST, total bilirubin, alkaline phosphatase), BUN or 
serum urea level, creatinine, Ca, Mg, Na, K, Cl, phosphate, LDH, glucose, amylase, and lipase. 
Arms A and B only: TSH every 6 weeks (reflex free T3 and T4).
Pregnancy Test
X
Serum or urine within 24 hours prior to first dose and then Day 1 of each cycle
Efficacy Assessments
Tumor Assessment
X
The first tumor assessments should occur at Week 7 (7 days),  and then every 6 weeks (7 days) 
for the first 49 weeks, then every 12 weeks (± 7 days) per RECIST 1.1 until disease progression or 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
85
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Table 5.1-2:
On-treatment Procedural Outline (CA209722)a
Procedure
During 
Treatment
Visitb,c
Notes
treatment is discontinued (if still receiving treatment beyond disease progression) whichever 
occurs later.
Tumor assessments should include CT/MRI of the chest, abdomen, pelvis, and all other known 
sites of disease. Use same imaging method as was used at screening/baseline.
Subjects with a current or past brain metastasis should have surveillance MRI (preferred) or CT 
with contrast approximately every 12 weeks or sooner if clinically indicated. 
Refer to Section 5.4 and CA209722 Imaging Manual for further instructions.
Outcomes Research Assessments
EQ-5D-3L and LCSS
See note
Assessments performed after randomization PRIOR to first dose (Day -3 to Day 1). 
For on-study visits: Assessments (LCSS and EQ-5D-3L) will be performed on Day 1 of each 
cycle PRIOR to any study procedures and treatment for the first 6 months on study, then every 
second cycle thereafter for the remainder of the treatment period.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
86
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Table 5.1-2:
On-treatment Procedural Outline (CA209722)a
Procedure
During 
Treatment
Visitb,c
Notes
Study Drug
IWRS Drug vial assignment
X
Dispense Study Drug
Within 7 days of randomization, the subject must receive the first dose of study medication. 
Subjects may be dosed no less than 19 days between doses during administration of Arms A and 
C. In Arm B, nivolumab may be dosed no less than 12 days and ipilimumab may be dosed no less 
than 37 days. Variations to this schedule because of holidays or travel should be discussed with 
the Medical Monitor. 
a All assessments should be conducted within 72 hours prior to each dose, unless otherwise specified.
b c
Nivo/ipi Arm (Arm B):occurs every 2 weeks
ALT, alanine aminotransferase; AST, aspartate aminotransferase; BUN, blood urea nitrogen; Ca, calcium, CBC, complete blood count, Cl, chlorine; CT, computed 
tomography; ECOG, Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group; K, potassium; IWRS, interactive web response system, LCSS, Lung Cancer Symptom Scale; LDH, 
lactate dehydrogenase; Mg, magnesium, MRI, magnetic resonance imaging; Na, sodium;
TSH, thyroid stimulating hormone.  
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
87
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Table 5.1-3:
Follow-up Procedural Outline (CA209722) 
Procedure
Follow-up 
Visits 1 and 
2a,b
Survival 
Follow-up 
Visits
Notes
Safety Assessments
Targeted Physical Examination
X
To assess for potential late emergent study drug-related issues
Vital Signs
X
Assessment of Signs and Symptoms
X
Serious Adverse Events Assessment
X
See Section 6.1.1
Adverse Events Assessment
X
In survival period only to include toxicities from study therapy. For IMAEs, see 
Section 6.7.1
Laboratory Tests
X
CBC w/ differential, albumin, LFTs, BUN or serum urea level, creatinine, Ca, 
Mg, Na, K, Cl, phosphate, LDH, glucose, amylase, and lipase, and TSH (+ reflex 
Free T4 and Free T3). Thyroid function test will apply to Arms A and B only. 
To be done at FU1, to be repeated at FU2, if study related toxicity persists.
Review of Concomitant Medications
X
X
Document Subsequent Cancer Therapy
Pregnancy Test (WOCBP only)
X
Serum or urine
Survival Status
Survival Status
X
X
Every 3 months after FU 2; may be accomplished by visit, phone contact or 
email, to assess subsequent anti-cancer therapy
Additional subsequent cancer therapy details such as regimen, setting of the
regimen, line of therapy, start date and end date of each regimen, best response to
the regimen and date of progression after next line therapy will be collected.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
88
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Table 5.1-3:
Follow-up Procedural Outline (CA209722) 
Procedure
Follow-up 
Visits 1 and 
2a,b
Survival 
Follow-up 
Visits
Notes
Efficacy Assessments
Tumor Assessment
X
X
Only for subjects without progression and no longer receiving study therapy.
The first tumor assessments should occur at Week 7 (7 days), and then 
subsequent assessments should occur every 6 weeks (± 7 days) for the first 
49 weeks, then every 12 weeks (± 7 days) until disease progression confirmed by 
BICR (if clinically feasible).
Tumor assessments should include CT/MRI of chest, abdomen, pelvis, and all 
other known sites of disease. 
Use same imaging method as was used at screening/baseline.
Subjects with a current or past brain metastasis should have surveillance MRI 
(preferred) or CT with contrast approximately every 12 weeks, or sooner if 
clinically indicated.
Refer to Section 5.4 and CA209722 Imaging Manual for further instructions. 
Outcomes Research Assessment
EQ-5D-3L
X
X
In Survival Visits, EQ-5D-3L is collected every 3 months from Follow-up Visit 2 
for the first year of the Follow-up Phase, then every 6 months thereafter. 
LCSS
X
a Follow-Up Visit 1 is to occur 35 days from the last dose (±7 days) or coinciding with the date of discontinuation of study drug (±7 days) if the date of 
discontinuation is greater than 42 days from the last dose. Follow-Up Visit 2 is to occur 80 days from Follow-Up Visit 1 (±7 days).
b Survival Follow-Up Visits are to occur approximately every 3 months (±7 days) from Follow-Up Visit 2. Survival Follow-Up Visits may be performed by phone 
contact or office visit.
ALT, alanine aminotransferase; AST, aspartate aminotransferase; BUN, blood urea nitrogen; Ca, calcium, CBC, complete blood count, Cl, chlorine; CT, computed 
tomography; ECOG, Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group; K, potassium; IWRS, interactive web response system, LCSS, Lung Cancer Symptom Scale; LDH, 
lactate dehydrogenase; Mg, magnesium, MRI, magnetic resonance imaging; Na, sodium; TSH, thyroid stimulating hormone.  
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
89
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
5.1.1
Retesting During Screening or Lead-in Period
Retesting of laboratory parameters and/or other assessments within any single Screening or 
Lead-in period will be permitted (in addition to any parameters that require a confirmatory value).
Any new result will override the previous result (ie, the most current result prior to Randomization) 
and is the value by which study inclusion will be assessed, as it represents the subject’s most 
current, clinical state.
Laboratory parameters and/or assessments that are included in Table 5.1-1 may be repeated in an 
effort to find all possible well-qualified subjects. Consultation with the Medical Monitor may be 
needed to identify whether repeat testing of any particular parameter is clinically relevant.
5.2
Study Materials
The following materials will be provided to all investigational sites:

NCI CTCAE version 4 

Nivolumab Investigator Brochure 

Ipilimumab Investigator Brochure 

Pharmacy Binder 

Site manual for operation of interactive web-based response system, including 
enrollment/randomization worksheets 

Manual for entry of local laboratory data 

Pregnancy Surveillance Forms 

RECIST 1.1 pocket guide 

CA209722 study Imaging Manual 

EuroPRO Group’s EQ-5D-3L questionnaires and Lung Cancer Symptom Score
5.3
Safety Assessments
At screening, a medical history will be obtained to capture relevant underlying conditions. The 
screening examinations should include weight, height, ECOG Performance Status, blood pressure 
(BP), heart rate (HR), and temperature should be performed within 14 days prior to first dose. 
Baseline signs and symptoms are those that are assessed within 14 days prior to first dose. 
Concomitant medications will be collected from within 14 days prior to the first dose through the 
study treatment period (see Section 5.1). 
Screening local laboratory assessments should be done within 14 days prior to first dose and are 
to include: CBC w/differential, chemistry panel including albumin, LDH, LFTs (ALT, AST, total 
bilirubin, alkaline phosphatase), BUN or serum urea level, creatinine, Ca, Mg, Na, K, Cl, 
phosphate, glucose, amylase, and lipase, and thyroid panel including TSH, free T4, and free T3. 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
90
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
The following screening local laboratory assessments should be done within 28 days prior to 
randomization: hepatitis B and C testing (HBsAg, HBcAb with reflex HBV DNA, and HCV RNA, 
and with reflex HCV Ab. 
Screening pregnancy test for WOCBP (done locally) must be performed within 24 hours prior to 
initial administration of study drug. 
While on-study the following local laboratory assessments are to be done within 3 days prior to 
each dose: CBC with differential, albumin, LFTs (ALT, AST, total bilirubin, alkaline 
phosphatase), BUN or serum urea level, creatinine, Ca, Mg, Na, K, Cl, phosphate, LDH, glucose, 
amylase, and lipase. Thyroid function testing is to be done every 6 weeks for Arms A and B. 
On-treatment pregnancy tests should be performed as per the Table 5.1-2.
Subjects will be evaluated for safety if they have received any study drug. Toxicity assessments 
will be continuous during the treatment phase. During the safety follow-up phase (Table 5.1-3),
toxicity assessments should be done in person. Once subjects reach the survival follow-up phase,
either in person or documented telephone calls to assess the subject’s status are acceptable. 
Adverse events and laboratory values will be graded according to the NCI-CTCAE version 4. 
The start and stop of the study therapy infusion and any interruptions or infusion rate reductions 
should be documented. 
Physical examinations are to be performed as clinically indicated. If there are any new or 
worsening clinically significant changes since the last exam; report changes on the appropriate 
non-serious or serious adverse event page. 
On-study weight, ECOG PS, and vital signs should be assessed at each on-study visit prior to 
dosing. Vital signs should also be taken as per institutional standard of care prior to, during, and 
after infusions. 
Additional measures, including non-study required laboratory tests, should be performed as 
clinically indicated or to comply with local regulations. Laboratory toxicities (eg, suspected drug 
induced liver enzyme evaluations) will be monitored during the follow-up phase via on site/local 
labs until all study drug related toxicities resolve, return to baseline, or are deemed irreversible. 
If a subject shows changes on pulse oximetry or other pulmonary related signs (hypoxia, fever) or 
symptoms (eg, dyspnea, cough, fever) consistent with possible pulmonary adverse events, the 
subject should be immediately evaluated to rule out pulmonary toxicity. An algorithm for the 
management of suspected pulmonary toxicity can be found in the nivolumab Investigator’s 
Brochure and in Appendix 2. 
Some of the assessments referred to in this section may not be captured as data in the eCRF. They 
are intended to be used as safety monitoring by the treating physician. Additional testing or 
assessments may be performed as clinically necessary or where required by institutional or local 
regulations. 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
91
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
5.3.1
Imaging Assessment for the Study
Any incidental findings of potential clinical relevance that are not directly associated with the 
objectives of the protocol should be evaluated and handled by the Study Investigator as per 
standard medical/clinical judgment.
5.3.2
ECOG Performance Status 
Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group (ECOG) Performance Status will be evaluated and 
documented at Screening and within 3 days prior to each dosing visit as outlined in Section 5.1. 
See Appendix 3 for description of ECOG status. 
5.3.3
Thyroid Function Testing (Arms A and B only)
At Screening, thyroid function testing is to include TSH, free T3 and free T4. At subsequent time 
points, thyroid function testing consists of TSH only. However, if the TSH is abnormal, reflexive 
testing of free T3 and free T4 are to be performed. 
Management algorithms for suspected endocrinopathy adverse events (including abnormal thyroid 
function) can be found in the nivolumab Investigator Brochure and Appendix 2.
5.3.3.1
Electrocardiogram (ECG) 
All subjects who have met the eligibility criteria are required to have a 12-lead ECG performed 
during Screening. If clinically indicated, additional ECGs may be obtained during the study.
5.4
Efficacy Assessments
Study evaluations (tumor assessments) will take place in accordance with the tables in Section 5.1. 
Images will be submitted to an imaging vendor for central review. Sites will be trained prior to 
scanning the first study subject. Image acquisition guidelines and submission process will be 
outlined in the CA209722 study Imaging Manual to be provided by the imaging vendor. Contrast 
enhanced CT with contrast or contrast enhanced MRI are the preferred imaging modalities for 
assessing radiographic tumor response. If a subject has a known allergy to contrast material, please 
use local prophylaxis standards to obtain the assessment with contrast if at all possible, or use the 
alternate modality. In cases where contrast is strictly contraindicated, a non-contrast scan will 
suffice. Should a subject have a contraindication for CT contrast, a non-contrast CT of the chest 
and a contrast enhanced MRI of the abdomen and pelvis may be obtained. Every attempt should 
be made to image each subject using an identical acquisition protocol on the same scanner for all 
imaging time points. 
Use of CT component of a PET/CT scanner: Combined modality scanning such as with 
FDG-PET/CT is increasingly used in clinical care, and is a modality/technology that is in rapid 
evolution; therefore, the recommendations outlined here may change rather quickly with time. At 
present, low dose or attenuation correction CT portions of a combined FDG-PET/CT are of limited 
use in anatomically-based efficacy assessments and it is therefore suggested that they should not 
be substituted for dedicated diagnostic contrast enhanced CT scans for anatomically-based 
RECIST measurements. However, if a site can document that the CT performed as part of a 
FDG-PET/CT is of identical diagnostic quality to a diagnostic CT (with contrast) then the CT 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
92
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
portion of the FDG-PET/CT can be used for RECIST 1.1 measurements. Note, however, that the 
FDG-PET portion of the CT introduces additional data which may bias an investigator if it is not 
routinely or serially performed. 
MRI of brain is preferred at screening in order to stratify patients based on the presence or absence 
of brain metastases. A CT with contrast is acceptable if MRI is not available. 
Bone scan or PET scan is not adequate for assessment of RECIST 1.1 response in target lesions. 
In selected circumstances where such modalities are the sole modality used to assess certain 
non-target organs, those non-target organs may be evaluated less frequently. For example, bone 
scans may need to be repeated only when complete response is identified in target disease or when 
progression in bone is suspected. 
Screening assessments are to be performed within 28 days prior to randomization. In addition to 
the chest, abdomen, pelvis, and brain (to identify subjects with brain metastases), all known sites 
of disease should be assessed at baseline. Subsequent assessments should include chest, abdomen, 
pelvis, and all known sites of disease using the same imaging method and technique as was used 
at baseline. 
Radiographic tumor response will be assessed starting at Week 7 (6 weeks after first dose ± 7 
days), then every 6 weeks (± 7 days) until Week 49 and every 12 weeks (± 7 days) thereafter, until 
disease progression is documented, treatment is discontinued (if still receiving treatment beyond 
disease progression) or the start of any subsequent anticancer therapy, whichever occurs later.
Subjects with a current or past brain metastasis may have surveillance MRI or CT with contrast 
approximately every 12 weeks from the date of first dose, or sooner if clinically indicated. 
Tumor measurements should be made by the same investigator or radiologist for each assessment 
whenever possible. Change in tumor measurements and tumor response will be assessed by the 
Investigator using the RECIST 1.1 criteria Appendix 4. 
Tumor assessments should be submitted to the third-party radiology vendor as they are performed 
on an ongoing basis. At the time of investigator-assessed disease progression, the site must request 
an Independent Review of Progression from the third-party radiology vendor, as specified in 
Section 7.
Subjects whose disease progression is not confirmed by the blinded, independent radiologist will 
be required to continue tumor assessments (if clinically feasible) according to the 
protocol-specified schedule. Subsequent tumor assessments must be submitted to the third-party 
radiology vendor for review by the blinded, independent radiologists and may be discontinued 
when the investigator and independent radiologists both assess the subject to have met RECIST 1.1 
criteria for progression. 
In addition, subjects receiving nivolumab and/or ipilimumab treatment beyond progression must 
continue tumor assessments until such treatment has been discontinued. 
If clinically acceptable, subsequent therapy should begin only after RECIST 1.1 progression has 
been assessed by central review upon Independent Review of Progression. Subjects who start 
palliative local therapy or subsequent therapy without prior assessment of RECIST 1.1 progression 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
93
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
by central review, the Independent Review of Progression must continue tumor assessments (if 
clinically feasible) according to the protocol-specified schedule and submit them to the third-party 
radiology vendor. When RECIST 1.1 progression is assessed by the investigator (whether assessed 
before or after the start of palliative local therapy or subsequent therapy), the central Independent 
Review of Progression must be requested. Tumor assessments may be discontinued when the 
independent radiologist assesses the subject to have met RECIST 1.1 criteria for progression
5.4.1
Primary Efficacy Assessment 
The primary endpoint is PFS (based on BICR assessment) in all randomized subjects. 
5.4.2
Secondary Efficacy Assessment
The secondary efficacy endpoints of the study are OS, ORR based on BICR assessment, DOR 
based on BIR, and 9-month and 12-month PFS based on BIR in all randomized subjects. See 
Section 8.3.2 for the definition of OS and ORR. All randomized subjects will be monitored by 
radiographic assessment, starting at Week 7 (7 days), then every 6 weeks (± 7 days) until Week 
49 and every 12 weeks (± 7 days) thereafter, to determine changes in tumor size. RECIST 1.1 
criteria will be used for the assessment. For details regarding response criteria using RECIST 1.1 
refer to Appendix 4.
Every effort will be made to collect survival data on all subjects including subjects withdrawn 
from treatment for any reason, who are eligible to participate in the study and who have not 
withdrawn consent for survival data collection. If the death of a subject is not reported, all dates in 
this study representing a date of subject contact will be used in determination of the subject’s last 
known date alive.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
94
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
95
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
96
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
97
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
5.6
Biomarker Assessments
5.6.1
Tumor Tissue Specimens 
Archival (or fresh) FFPE tumor tissue collected within 6 months must be sent to a third-party 
laboratory for determination of PD-L1 status using the analytically validated IHC assay. If an 
archival tissue was obtained more than 6 months prior to the study treatment and fresh biopsy 
cannot be performed, approval of Medical Monitor is required, Stained tissue samples will be 
assessed by a pathologist at a central lab identified by the Sponsor and scored as PD-L1 expressing 
if membrane staining is observed in ≥ 1% tumor cells among a minimum of 100 evaluable tumor 
cells. A re-biopsy at Week 7 and at disease progression is highly recommended. This on-treatment 
collection will provide valuable information on pharmacodynamic changes in both immune-
related and other biomarkers within the tumor and tumor microenvironment which may be 
associated with treatment outcomes. Week 7 was chosen to ensure that subjects treated with 
nivolumab and ipilimumab combination receive at least 1 full cycle of treatment. An additional 
optional tumor biopsy is also highly recommended at the time of progressive disease; such samples 
may provide valuable insight into the changes that occur in the tumor and tumor microenvironment 
at the time of acquired resistance.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
98
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
EGFR Mutation Testing
As part of study inclusion criteria, subjects must have no evidence of exon 20 T790M mutation 
detected by tumor biopsy or cfDNA analysis obtained at progression on prior EGFR TKI therapy. 
Confirmation of T790M testing by tumor tissue will be conducted centrally or locally using the 
cobas®EGFR Mutation Test v2 (US-IVD). As an additional exploratory analysis, plasma will be 
collected as baseline and on-treatment and may be evaluated using the cobas®EGFR Mutation 
Test. EGFR mutation results from plasma will be compared to those obtained from tumor material. 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
99
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
100
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
5.7
Outcomes Research Assessments
The evaluation of health-related quality of life is an increasingly important aspect of a clinical 
efficacy. Such data provides an understanding of the impact of treatment from the subjects’ 
perspective and offers insights into the patient experience that may not be captured through 
physician reporting. Generic health-related quality of life scales additionally provide data 
necessary in calculating utility values for health economic models. The EQ-5D-3L will be 
collected in order to assess the impact of study treatment on generic health-related quality of life, 
which will also be used in populating health economic models most notably, a cost effectiveness 
analysis.
The EQ-5D-3L will be used to assess the subject’s overall health status. EQ-5D-3L essentially has 
2 components: the EQ-5D-3L descriptive system and the EQ visual analogue scale (EQ VAS). The 
EQ-5D-3L descriptive system comprises the following 5 dimensions: mobility, self-care, usual 
activities, pain/discomfort and anxiety/depression. Each dimension has 3 levels: no problems, 
some problems, severe problems. The EQ-5D-3L problem has been mapped into EQ-5D-3L utility 
index using the problem levels from the 5 health dimensions. The EQ VAS records the subject’s 
self-rated health state on a 100-point vertical, visual analogue scale (0 = worst imaginable health 
state, 100 = best imaginable health state).
The Lung Cancer Symptom Scale (LCSS) will be collected to assess the impact of study treatment 
on patient reported disease-related symptoms. 
The Lung Cancer Symptom Scale is a validated instrument designed to assess the impact of 
treatment on disease-related symptoms. It consists of 6 symptom specific questions related to 
dyspnea, cough, fatigue, pain, hemoptysis, and anorexia plus 3 summary items: symptom distress, 
interference with activity, and global health-related quality of life (HRQoL). The degree of 
impairment is recorded on a 100 mm visual analogue scale with scores from 0 to 100 with zero 
representing the best score. 
5.8
Other Assessments 
Not applicable. 
6
ADVERSE EVENTS
An Adverse Event (AE) is defined as any new untoward medical occurrence or worsening of a 
preexisting medical condition in a clinical investigation subject administered study drug and that 
does not necessarily have a causal relationship with this treatment. An AE can therefore be any 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
101
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
unfavorable and unintended sign (such as an abnormal laboratory finding), symptom, or disease 
temporally associated with the use of study drug, whether or not considered related to the study 
drug.
The causal relationship to study drug is determined by a physician and should be used to assess all 
adverse events (AE). The causal relationship can be one of the following:
Related: There is a reasonable causal relationship between study drug administration and 
the AE.
Not related: There is not a reasonable causal relationship between study drug 
administration and the AE.
The term "reasonable causal relationship" means there is evidence to suggest a causal relationship.
Adverse events can be spontaneously reported or elicited during open-ended questioning, 
examination, or evaluation of a subject. (In order to prevent reporting bias, subjects should not be 
questioned regarding the specific occurrence of one or more AEs.)
Sponsor or designee will be reporting adverse events to regulatory authorities and ethics 
committees according to local applicable laws including European Directive 2001/20/EC and FDA 
Code of Federal Regulations 21 CFR Parts 312 and 320.
6.1
Serious Adverse Events
A Serious Adverse Event (SAE) is any untoward medical occurrence that at any dose: 

results in death

is life-threatening (defined as an event in which the subject was at risk of death at the time of 
the event; it does not refer to an event which hypothetically might have caused death if it were 
more severe)

requires inpatient hospitalization or causes prolongation of existing hospitalization (see NOTE
below)

results in persistent or significant disability/incapacity

is a congenital anomaly/birth defect 

is an important medical event (defined as a medical event(s) that may not be immediately life-
threatening or result in death or hospitalization but, based upon appropriate medical and 
scientific judgment, may jeopardize the subject or may require intervention [eg, medical, 
surgical] to prevent one of the other serious outcomes listed in the definition above.) Examples 
of such events include, but are not limited to, intensive treatment in an emergency room or at 
home for allergic bronchospasm; blood dyscrasias or convulsions that do not result in 
hospitalization.) Potential drug induced liver injury (DILI) is also considered an important 
medical event. (See Section 6.6 for the definition of potential DILI.)
Suspected transmission of an infectious agent (eg, pathogenic or nonpathogenic) via the study drug 
is an SAE.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
102
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Although pregnancy, overdose, cancer, and potential drug induced liver injury (DILI) are not 
always serious by regulatory definition, these events must be handled as SAEs. (See Section 6.1.1
for reporting pregnancies).
Any component of a study endpoint that is considered related to study therapy (eg, death is an 
endpoint, if death occurred due to anaphylaxis, anaphylaxis must be reported) should be reported 
as SAE (see Section 6.1.1 for reporting details).
NOTE: 
The following hospitalizations are not considered SAEs in BMS clinical studies: 

a visit to the emergency room or other hospital department < 24 hours, that does not result 
in admission (unless considered an important medical or life-threatening event)

elective surgery, planned prior to signing consent

admissions as per protocol for a planned medical/surgical procedure

routine health assessment requiring admission for baseline/trending of health status 
(eg, routine colonoscopy)

medical/surgical admission other than to remedy ill health and planned prior to entry into 
the study. Appropriate documentation is required in these cases

admission encountered for another life circumstance that carries no bearing on health status 
and requires no medical/surgical intervention (eg, lack of housing, economic inadequacy, 
caregiver respite, family circumstances, administrative reason)

Admission for administration of anticancer therapy in the absence of any other SAEs 
(applies to oncology protocols)
6.1.1
Serious Adverse Event Collection and Reporting
Sections 5.6.1, 5.6.2, and 5.6.3 in the Investigator Brochure (IB) represent the Reference Safety 
Information to determine expectedness of serious adverse events for expedited reporting. 
Following the subject’s written consent to participate in the study, all SAEs, whether related or not 
related to study drug, must be collected, including those thought to be associated with protocol-
specified procedures. All SAEs must be collected that occur during the screening period and within 
100 days of discontinuation of dosing. For subjects randomized to treatment and never treated with 
study drug, SAEs should be collected for 30 days from the date of randomization. If applicable, 
SAEs must be collected that relate to any later protocol-specified procedure (eg, a follow-up skin 
biopsy). 
The investigator must report any SAE that occurs after these time periods and that is believed to 
be related to study drug or protocol-specified procedure. 
An SAE report must be completed for any event where doubt exists regarding its seriousness. 
If the investigator believes that an SAE is not related to study drug, but is potentially related to the 
conditions of the study (such as withdrawal of previous therapy or a complication of a study 
procedure), the relationship must be specified in the narrative section of the SAE Report Form.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
103
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
SAEs, whether related or not related to study drug, and pregnancies must be reported to Sponsor 
or designee within 24 hours of awareness of the event. SAEs must be recorded on the SAE Report 
Form; pregnancies on a Pregnancy Surveillance Form (electronic or paper forms). The preferred 
method for SAE data reporting collection is through the eCRF. The paper SAE/pregnancy 
surveillance forms are only intended as a back-up option when the eCRF system is not functioning.
In this case, the paper forms are to be transmitted via email or confirmed facsimile (fax) 
transmission to:
SAE Email Address: Refer to Contact Information list.
SAE Facsimile Number: Refer to Contact Information list.
For studies capturing SAEs through electronic data capture (EDC), electronic submission is the 
required method for reporting. In the event the electronic system is unavailable for transmission, 
paper forms must be used and submitted immediately. When paper forms are used, the original 
paper forms are to remain on site.
SAE Telephone Contact (required for SAE and pregnancy reporting): Refer to Contact 
Information list.
If only limited information is initially available, follow-up reports are required. (Note: Follow-up 
SAE reports must include the same investigator term(s) initially reported.) 
If an ongoing SAE changes in its intensity or relationship to study drug or if new information 
becomes available, the SAE report must be updated and submitted within 24 hours to Sponsor or 
designee using the same procedure used for transmitting the initial SAE report.
All SAEs must be followed to resolution or stabilization.
BMS will be reporting adverse events to regulatory authorities and ethics committees according to 
local applicable laws including European Directive 2001/20/EC and FDA Code of Federal 
Regulations 21 CFR Parts 312 and 320. A SUSAR (Suspected, Unexpected Serious Adverse 
Reaction) is a subset of SAEs and will be reported to the appropriate regulatory authorities and 
investigators following local and global guidelines and requirements.
6.2
Nonserious Adverse Events
A nonserious adverse event is an AE not classified as serious.
6.2.1
Nonserious Adverse Event Collection and Reporting
The collection of nonserious AE information should begin at initiation of study drug. Nonserious 
AE information should also be collected from the start of a placebo lead-in period or other 
observational period intended to establish a baseline status for the subjects.
Nonserious AEs should be followed to resolution or stabilization, or reported as SAEs if they 
become serious (see Section 6.1.1). Follow-up is also required for nonserious AEs that cause 
interruption or discontinuation of study drug and for those present at the end of study treatment as 
appropriate. All identified nonserious AEs must be recorded and described on the nonserious AE 
page of the CRF (paper or electronic). 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
104
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Completion of supplemental CRFs may be requested for AEs and/or laboratory abnormalities that 
are reported/identified during the course of the study.
All nonserious adverse events (not only those deemed to be treatment-related) should be collected 
continuously during the treatment period and for a minimum of 100 days following discontinuation 
of study treatment. 
Every adverse event must be assessed by the investigator with regard to whether it is considered 
immune-mediated. For events which are potentially immune-mediated, additional information will 
be collected on the subject’s case report form.
6.3
Laboratory Test Result Abnormalities
The following laboratory test result abnormalities should be captured on the nonserious AE CRF 
page or SAE Report Form electronic) as appropriate. Paper forms are only intended as a back-up 
option when the electronic system is not functioning.

Any laboratory test result that is clinically significant or meets the definition of an SAE 

Any laboratory test result abnormality that required the subject to have study drug discontinued 
or interrupted

Any laboratory test result abnormality that required the subject to receive specific corrective 
therapy
It is expected that wherever possible, the clinical rather than laboratory term would be used by the 
reporting investigator (eg, anemia versus low hemoglobin value).
6.4
Pregnancy
If, following initiation of the study drug, it is subsequently discovered that a study subject is 
pregnant or may have been pregnant at the time of study exposure, including during at least 
5 half-lives after product administration, the investigator must immediately notify the Sponsor or 
designee of this event and complete and forward a Pregnancy Surveillance Form to BMS Designee 
within 24 hours of awareness of the event and in accordance with SAE reporting procedures 
described in Section 6.1.1.
In most cases, the study drug will be permanently discontinued in an appropriate manner (eg, dose 
tapering if necessary for subject safety). Please call the Sponsor or designee within 24 hours of 
awareness of the pregnancy.
The investigator must immediately notify the Sponsor or designee of this event and complete and 
forward a Pregnancy Surveillance Form to Sponsor or designee within 24 hours of awareness of 
the event and in accordance with SAE reporting procedures described in Section 6.1.1. 
Follow-up information regarding the course of the pregnancy, including perinatal and neonatal 
outcome and, where applicable, offspring information must be reported on the Pregnancy 
Surveillance Form.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
105
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Any pregnancy that occurs in a female partner of a male study participant should be reported to 
Sponsor or designee. In order for BMS to collect any pregnancy surveillance information from the 
female partner, the female partner must sign an informed consent form for disclosure of this 
information. Information on this pregnancy will be collected on the Pregnancy Surveillance Form.
6.5
Overdose
An overdose is defined as the accidental or intentional administration of any dose of a product that 
is considered both excessive and medically important. All occurrences of overdose must be 
reported as an SAE (see Section 6.1.1 for reporting details.).
6.6
Potential Drug Induced Liver Injury (DILI)
Wherever possible, timely confirmation of initial liver-related laboratory abnormalities should 
occur prior to the reporting of a potential DILI event. All occurrences of potential DILIs, meeting 
the defined criteria, must be reported as SAEs (see Section 6.1.1 for reporting details).
Potential drug induced liver injury is defined as: 

AT (ALT or AST) elevation > 3 times upper limit of normal (ULN)
AND

Total bilirubin > 2 times ULN, without initial findings of cholestasis (elevated serum alkaline 
phosphatase),
AND

No other immediately apparent possible causes of AT elevation and hyperbilirubinemia, 
including, but not limited to, viral hepatitis, pre-existing chronic or acute liver disease, or the 
administration of other drug(s) known to be hepatotoxic.
6.7
Other Safety Considerations
Any significant worsening noted during interim or final physical examinations, electrocardiogram, 
x-ray filming, any other potential safety assessment required or not required by protocol should 
also be recorded as a nonserious or serious AE, as appropriate, and reported accordingly.
6.7.1
Adverse Events of Interest 
Definition of immune-mediated adverse events (IMAEs) 
Immune-mediated AEs are specific events (that include pneumonitis, diarrhea/colitis, hepatitis, 
nephritis/renal 
dysfunction, 
rash, 
and 
endocrine 
[adrenal 
insufficiency, 
hypothyroidism/thyroiditis, hyperthyroidism, diabetes mellitus, and hypophysitis]) for which 
subjects received immunosuppressive medication for treatment of the event, with the exception of 
endocrine events (hypothyroidism/thyroiditis, hyperthyroidism, hypophysitis, diabetes mellitus, 
adrenal insufficiency), which are included regardless of treatment since these events are often 
managed without immunosuppression. 
IMAEs include events, regardless of causality, occurring within 100 days of the last dose. IMAEs 
are limited to subjects who received immunosuppressive medication for treatment of the event, 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
106
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
with the exception of endocrine events (hypothyroidism/thyroiditis, hyperthyroidism, 
hypophysitis, diabetes mellitus, adrenal insufficiency), which are included regardless of treatment 
since these events are often managed without immunosuppression. 
Table 6.7.1-1 below provides a summary of the IMAEs category and their respective preferred 
terms. 
Table 6.7.1-1:
Preferred Terms Included in Analysis of IMAEs to Support 
Warnings and Precautions
IMAE Category
PTs included under IMAE Category
Pneumonitis
Pneumonitis, interstitial lung disease
Diarrhea/Colitis
Diarrhea, colitis, enterocolitis
Hepatitis
Hepatotoxicity, hepatitis, hepatitis acute, autoimmune hepatitis, AST 
increased, ALT increased, bilirubin increased, ALP increased
Adrenal insufficiency
Adrenal insufficiency
Hypothyroidism/Thyroiditis
Hypothyroidism, thyroiditis
Thyroiditis acute (collapsed with thyroiditis for frequency), Autoimmune 
thyroiditis (collapsed with thyroiditis for frequency)
Hyperthyroidism
Hyperthyroidism
Hypophysitis
Hypophysitis
Diabetes mellitus
Diabetes mellitus, diabetic ketoacidosis
Nephritis and renal dysfunction
Nephritis, nephritis allergic, tubulointerstitial nephritis, acute renal 
failure, renal failure, increased creatinine
Rash
Rash, rash maculopapular
7
DATA MONITORING COMMITTEE AND OTHER EXTERNAL 
COMMITTEES
When required, adjudicated events will be submitted to the DMC and Health Authorities for review 
on a specified timeframe in accordance with the adjudication documentation.
A Data Monitoring Committee (DMC) will be utilized to provide general oversight and safety 
considerations for this study, CA209722. The DMC will provide advice to the Sponsor regarding 
actions the committee deems necessary for the continuing protection of subjects enrolled in this 
study. The DMC will be charged with assessing such actions in light of an acceptable risk/benefit 
profile for nivolumab. The DMC will act in an advisory capacity to BMS and will monitor subject 
safety data for the study. 
The DMC will be advisor to the clinical study leadership team. The clinical study leadership will 
have responsibility for overall conduct of the study including managing the communication of 
study data. The group will be responsible for promptly reviewing the DMC recommendations, for 
providing guidance regarding the continuation or termination of the study, and for determining 
whether amendments to the protocol or changes to the study conduct are required. 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
107
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
The DMC will conduct the first safety assessment for Arms A and B after the first 15 subjects are 
treated in each arm and followed for at least 3 months. A safety assessment will also be conducted 
after the first 15 patients from Asian sites are treated in each arm and followed for at least 3 months. 
Additional safety assessments for Arms A and B will be conducted approximately every 6 months. 
Details of the DMC responsibilities and procedures will be specified in the DMC charter.
Independent Review of Progression at the Time of Investigator-assessed Progression 
At the time of investigator-assessed initial radiographic progression per RECIST 1.1 in any given 
subject, the site must request the blinded Independent Review of Progression from the third-party 
radiology vendor.
Tumor assessments for each subject should be submitted to the radiology vendor as they are 
performed on an ongoing basis. The blinded, independent radiologists will review all available 
tumor assessments for that given subject and determine if RECIST 1.1 criteria for progression have 
been met. The independent assessment of whether or not the given subject met RECIST 1.1 criteria 
for progression will be provided to the site. Subjects whose disease progression is not confirmed 
centrally will be required to continue tumor assessments (if clinically feasible) according to the 
protocol-specified schedule. Subsequent tumor assessments must be submitted to the third-party 
radiology vendor for subsequent review and may be discontinued when the investigator and 
independent radiologists both assess the subject to have met RECIST 1.1 criteria for progression
or the start of any subsequent anti-therapy, whichever occurs first. 
The Blinded Independent Central Review (BICR) will review tumor images in all randomized 
subjects to determine RECIST 1.1 response for the analyses of PFS, ORR, and DOR. Details of 
the BICR responsibilities and procedures will be specified in the BICR charter.
8
STATISTICAL CONSIDERATIONS
8.1
Sample Size Determination
The sample size of the study accounts for: the primary objective comparison of PFS assessed by 
BICR between nivolumab plus pemetrexed/platinum vs pemetrexed plus platinum.
No interim analysis for PFS is planned. Piece-wise exponential distributions of PFS are assumed 
in the pemetrexed plus platinum arm with median PFS of 4.5 months and in the nivolumab plus 
pemetrexed/platinum arm with median PFS of 6.5 months. Approximately 233 PFS events 
observed among the 270 randomized subjects (135 per Arms A and C) provides an average of 83% 
power to detect an average HR of 0.692 with type 1 error of 0.05.
Before revised protocol 04, subjects were randomized between 3 arms in a 1:1:1 ratio. Revised 
protocol 04 stops enrollment in Arm B (nivolumab plus ipilimumab) but continues to randomize 
eligible subjects into either nivolumab plus platinum doublet chemotherapy arm (Arm A) or 
platinum doublet chemotherapy arm (Arm C) in 1:1 ratio. Approximately 270 subjects will be 
randomized between Arms A and C. Subjects already randomized in Arm B of nivolumab plus 
ipilimumab may remain on treatment, at the discretion of the investigator. 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
108
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
The PFS analysis will be conducted when the following conditions have been met: 233 PFS events
have been reported and/or the minimum follow up is at least 6 months. 
Table 8.1-1 summarizes the key parameters of the sample size justification for PFS comparison.
Table 8.1-1:
Sample Size Justification for PFS Comparison
Primary analysis comparison population
Arm A and Arm C
Endpoint
PFS
Average Power
83% 
Alpha
0.05
Hypothesized Median PFS Arm C vs Arm A (months)
4.5 vs 6.5
Hypothesized Hazard ratio
0.692
(HR=1 from 0-2 months, and 
0.569 from month 2 on)
Sample size for Arm A and Arm C comparison
270
Expected number of events 
233
If superiority in PFS is demonstrated for nivolumab plus platinum doublet chemotherapy arm 
(Arm A) vs platinum doublet chemotherapy arm (Arm C), the key secondary endpoint OS will be 
tested at alpha 0.05. Assuming a hazard ratio of 0.72 (median 18 vs 25 months), it is estimated that 
there will be approximately 133 total deaths at the time of the PFS analysis, which would provide 
approximately 10% power for rejecting a null hypothesis of no difference at the 0.05 type I error 
level; if all subjects are followed to death, the power increases to 33%.
The above sample size calculation is based on simulations run on EAST 6.4.1.
8.2
Populations for Analyses

All enrolled subjects: All subjects who signed an informed consent form and were registered 
into the IWRS

All randomized subjects: All subjects who were randomized to any treatment group in the 
study

All treated subjects: All subjects who received at least 1 dose of study treatment

Response evaluable subjects: Randomized subjects whose change in the sum of diameters of
target lesions was assessed (eg, target lesion measurements were made at baseline and at least 
one on-study tumor assessment)
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
109
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
8.3
Endpoints
8.3.1
Primary Endpoint(s)
PFS assessment by BICR is the primary endpoint for this study. PFS is defined as the time between 
the date of randomization and the first date of documented progression, as determined by BICR, 
or death, whichever occurs first. Subjects who die without a reported progression will be 
considered to have progressed on the date of their death. Subjects who did not progress or die will 
be censored on the date of their last evaluable tumor assessment. Subjects who did not have any 
on-study tumor assessments and did not die will be censored on their date of randomization. 
Subjects who started non-study anti-cancer therapy without a prior reported progression will be 
censored on the date of their last evaluable tumor assessment prior to the initiation of subsequent 
anti-cancer therapy.
8.3.2
Secondary Endpoint(s)

OS is the key secondary endpoint. OS is defined as the time between the date of randomization 
and the date of death. OS will be censored on the last date a subject was known to be alive.

ORR per RECIST 1.1 by BICR is a secondary endpoint. The ORR is defined as the number of 
subjects with a BOR of CR or PR divided by the number of randomized subjects for each 
treatment group. The BOR is defined as the best response designation, as determined by BICR, 
recorded between the date of randomization and the date of objectively documented 
progression per RECIST 1.1 or the date of subsequent anti-cancer therapy, whichever occurs 
first. For subjects without documented progression or subsequent therapy, all available 
response designations will contribute to the BOR assessment.

The other secondary endpoints include DOR by BICR and the 9-month and 12-month PFS 
rates by BICR. DOR is defined as the time between the date of first confirmed response to the 
date of the first documented tumor progression (per RECIST 1.1) by BICR or death. Subjects 
who neither progress nor die will be censored on the date of their last assessment.
8.3.3
Exploratory Endpoint(s) 

The safety and tolerability objective will be measured by the incidence of adverse events, 
serious adverse events, deaths, and laboratory abnormalities

PFS, OS, and ORR by PD-L1 status (1% and < 1%/not evaluable/indeterminate) (source: 
clinical database)

To assess health-related quality of life using the EQ-5D-3L and LCSS

To evaluate ORR, PFS and OS  in the subjects treated with nivolumab plus ipilimumab  (Arm 
B) 

To evaluate PFS after next line of treatment (PFS2)
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
110
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
8.4
Analyses
Analyses of PFS will be conducted first followed by analysis of OS.
8.4.1
Demographics and Baseline Characteristics
Demographic and baseline characteristics will be summarized in all randomized subjects by 
treatment group, as randomized, using descriptive statistics.
8.4.2
Efficacy Analyses
Analysis of PFS will be conducted first followed by analysis of OS in hierarchical order. Primary 
PFS analysis will be conducted using a 2-sided log-rank test stratified by PD-L1 status (1% or 
<1%/not evaluable/indeterminate), by presence or absence of brain metastases, by smoking history 
(current/former smokers or never smokers), and by prior use of osimertinib (yes or no) in 
randomized subjects to compare Arm A to Arm C. HR and corresponding 2-sided 95% CI will be 
estimated using a Cox proportional hazards model, with treatment group as a single covariate, 
stratified by the above stratification factors. PFS curves, PFS medians with 95% CIs, and PFS rates 
at 6, 9 and 12 months with 95% CIs will be estimated using Kaplan-Meier methodology.
The secondary endpoint of OS will be tested if PFS superiority is demonstrated for Arm A versus 
Arm C. The OS hypothesis testing will be conducted using a 2-sided log-rank test stratified by PD-
L1 status, by presence or absence of brain metastases, smoking history, and by prior use of 
osimertinib in all randomized subjects to compare Arm A to Arm C. The HR and corresponding 
2-sided 95% CI will be estimated using a Cox proportional hazards model, with treatment group 
as a single covariate, stratified by the stratification factors. OS curves, OS medians with 95% CIs, 
and OS rates at 9, 12 and 24 months with 95% CIs will be estimated using Kaplan-Meier 
methodology.
ORR analyses will be conducted at the time for PFS analysis. An estimate of the difference in 
ORRs and corresponding 95% CI will be calculated using Cochran-Mantel-Haenszel (CMH) 
methodology and stratified by PD-L1 status, by presence or absence of brain metastases, smoking 
history, and by prior use of osimertinib to compare Arm A to Arm C. Additionally, ORRs and their 
corresponding 95% exact CIs will be calculated using the Clopper-Pearson method for each arm.
DOR in each treatment arm will be estimated using KM product-limit method for subjects who 
achieved PR or CR. Median values along with 2-sided 95% CI will be calculated.
PFS, OS, and ORR will be analyzed within each PD-L1 status subgroup (1% and < 1%/not 
evaluable/indeterminate) (source: clinical database) by applying unstratified model. These 
analyses by PD-L1 status will be descriptive and not adjusted for multiplicity.
Descriptive analyses for PFS, OS, and ORR will be provided for Arm B.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
111
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
8.4.3
Safety Analyses
Safety analyses will be performed in all treated subjects. Descriptive statistics of safety will be 
presented using NCI CTCAE version 4. All on-study AEs, drug-related, AEs, SAEs and 
drug-related SAEs will be tabulated using worst grade per NCI CTCAE v 4 criteria by system 
organ class and MedDRA preferred term. On-study laboratory parameters including hematology, 
chemistry, liver function, thyroid function, and renal function will be summarized using worst 
grade per NCI CTCAE v 4 criteria.
8.4.6
Outcomes Research Analyses
Outcome research analysis will be performed based on all randomized subjects. LCSS and 
EQ-5D-3L questionnaire complete rates, defined as the proportion of questionnaires actually 
received out of the expected number (ie, the number of subjects still on treatment in follow-up), 
will be calculated and summarized at each assessment point (each on-treatment assessment and 
assessments at Follow-up Visits 1 and 2). 
The rate of disease-related symptom improvement as measured by the LCSS average symptom 
burden index (ASBI) at 12 and 24 weeks after the first dose (at Weeks 13 and 25 assessments) and 
its corresponding 95% exact CIs will also be calculated by Clopper-Pearson method for each 
randomized arms (all randomized patients). In a similar fashion, the rate of disease-related 
symptoms stability (no improvement or worsening) and rate of symptom worsening at 12 and 
24 weeks after the first dose (at Weeks 13 and 25 assessments) will be calculated. For the each of 
these time periods (Weeks 13 and 25), an odds ratio across study arms (and its 95% CI) of the 
proportion of patients at each level (improvement, stability, worsening) will be calculated, with 
Arm A being compared to Arm C. In addition, the time to first symptom deterioration (TTSD) as 
measured by the ASBI of the LCSS will be evaluated, with the TTSD in Arm A to be compared 
to Arm C. The LCSS ASBI score and its change from baseline will be summarized using 
descriptive statistics (N, mean, median, SD, and 95% CI) at each assessment point by treatment 
group as randomized. 
The level of subject’s overall health state, as expressed by the visual analog scale (EQ-VAS) and 
the EQ-5D-3L index, as well as change from baseline will be evaluated at each assessment time 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
112
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
point and will be summarized using descriptive statistics (N, mean, median, SD, and 95% CI) by 
treatment group, as randomized. 
Proportion of subjects reporting problems for the 5 EQ-5D-3L dimensions at each assessment time 
point will be summarized by level of problem and by treatment group, as randomized. Percentages 
will be based on number of subjects assessed at assessment time point. 
8.4.7
Other Analyses 
PFS2 is defined as the time from randomization to the date of investigator-defined documented 
disease progression after next line of treatment or death due to any cause, whichever comes first. 
Clinical deterioration will not be considered as progression. A participant who neither progresses 
after next line of treatment nor dies will be censored on the date of his/her last adequate tumor 
assessment or last follow-up for progression/subsequent therapy. A participant who does not have 
any post-baseline tumor assessments and who has not died will be censored on the date at which 
he/she was randomized.
8.5
Interim Analyses
No interim analyses are planned.
9
STUDY MANAGEMENT
9.1
Compliance
9.1.1
Compliance with the Protocol and Protocol Revisions
The investigator should not implement any deviation or change to the protocol without prior 
review and documented approval/favorable opinion of an amendment from the IRB/IEC (and if 
applicable, also by local health authority) except where necessary to eliminate an immediate 
hazard(s) to study subjects. If a deviation or change to a protocol is implemented to eliminate an 
immediate hazard(s) prior to obtaining relevant approval/favorable opinion(s), the deviation or 
change will be submitted as soon as possible to:

IRB/IEC 

Regulatory Authority(ies), if applicable by local regulations per national requirements)
Documentation of approval/favorable opinion signed by the chairperson or designee of the 
IRB(s)/IEC(s) and if applicable, also by local health authority, must be sent to BMS. If an 
amendment substantially alters the study design or increases the potential risk to the subject: (1) 
the consent form must be revised and submitted to the IRB(s)/IEC(s) for review and 
approval/favorable opinion; (2) the revised form must be used to obtain consent from subjects 
currently enrolled in the study if they are affected by the amendment; and (3) the new form must 
be used to obtain consent from new subjects prior to enrollment.
If the revision is done via an administrative letter, investigators must inform their IRB(s)/IEC(s).
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
113
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
9.1.2
Monitoring
BMS or designee representatives will review data centrally to identify potential issues to determine 
a schedule of on-site visits for targeted review of study records.
Representatives of BMS must be allowed to visit all study site locations periodically to assess the 
data quality and study integrity. On site they will review study records and directly compare them 
with source documents, discuss the conduct of the study with the investigator, and verify that the 
facilities remain acceptable. 
In addition, the study may be evaluated by BMS or designee internal auditors and government 
inspectors who must be allowed access to CRFs, source documents, other study files, and study 
facilities. BMS audit reports will be kept confidential.
The investigator must notify BMS promptly of any inspections scheduled by regulatory authorities, 
and promptly forward copies of inspection reports to BMS or designee. 
9.1.2.1
Source Documentation
The Investigator is responsible for ensuring that the source data are accurate, legible, 
contemporaneous, original and attributable, whether the data are hand-written on paper or entered 
electronically. If source data are created (first entered), modified, maintained, archived, retrieved, 
or transmitted electronically via computerized systems (and/or any other kind of electronic 
devices) as part of regulated clinical trial activities, such systems must be compliant with all 
applicable laws and regulations governing use of electronic records and/or electronic signatures. 
Such systems may include, but are not limited to, electronic medical/health records (EMRs/EHRs), 
adverse event tracking/reporting, protocol required assessments, and/or drug accountability 
records).
When paper records from such systems are used in place of electronic format to perform regulated 
activities, such paper records should be certified copies. A certified copy consists of a copy of 
original information that has been verified, as indicated by a dated signature, as an exact copy 
having all of the same attributes and information as the original. 
9.2
Records
9.2.1
Records Retention
The investigator (or head of the study site in Japan) must retain all study records and source 
documents for the maximum period required by applicable regulations and guidelines, or 
institution procedures, or for the period specified by BMS or designee, whichever is longer. The 
investigator (or head of the study site in Japan) must contact BMS or designee prior to destroying 
any records associated with the study.
BMS or designee will notify the investigator (or head of the study site in Japan) when the study 
records are no longer needed.
If the investigator withdraws from the study (eg, relocation, retirement), the records shall be 
transferred to a mutually agreed upon designee (eg, another investigator, study site, IRB). Notice 
of such transfer will be given in writing to BMS or designee.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
114
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
9.2.2
Study Drug Records 
Records for IP (whether supplied by BMS, its vendors, or the site) must substantiate IP integrity 
and traceability from receipt, preparation, administration, and through destruction or return. 
Records must be made available for review at the request of BMS/designee or a Health Authority.
If...
Then...
Supplied by BMS (or its 
vendors):

and guidelines and should include:

amount received and placed in storage area

amount currently in storage area

label identification number or batch number

amount dispensed to and returned by each subject, including 
unique subject identifiers

amount transferred to another area/site for dispensing or storage

nonstudy disposition (e.g., lost, wasted) 

amount destroyed at study site, if applicable

amount returned to BMS

retain samples for bioavailability/bioequivalence, if applicable 

dates and initials of person responsible for Investigational 
Product dispensing/accountability, as per the Delegation of 
Authority Form.
Sourced by site, and not 
supplied by BMS or its 
vendors 
(examples 
include IP sourced from 
the 
sites 
stock 
or 
commercial supply, or a 
specialty pharmacy)
The investigator or designee accepts responsibility for documenting 
traceability and study drug integrity in accordance with requirements 
applicable under law and the SOPs/standards of the sourcing 
pharmacy.   
These records should include:

label identification number or batch number 

amount dispensed to and returned by each subject, including 
unique subject identifiers

dates and initials of person responsible for Investigational 
Product dispensing/accountability, as per the Delegation of 
Authority Form.
BMS or designee will provide forms to facilitate inventory control if the investigational site does 
not have an established system that meets these requirements.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
115
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
9.2.3
Case Report Forms
An investigator is required to prepare and maintain adequate and accurate case histories designed 
to record all observations and other data pertinent to the investigation on each individual treated 
or entered as a control in the investigation. Data that are derived from source documents and 
reported on the CRF must be consistent with the source documents or the discrepancies must be 
explained. Additional clinical information may be collected and analyzed in an effort to enhance 
understanding of product safety. CRFs may be requested for AEs and/or laboratory abnormalities 
that are reported or identified during the course of the study.
For sites using the Sponsor or designee electronic data capture tool, electronic CRFs will be 
prepared for all data collection fields except for fields specific to SAEs and pregnancy, which will 
be reported on the electronic SAE form and Pregnancy Surveillance form, respectively. If 
electronic SAE form is not available, a paper SAE form can be used. Spaces may be left blank 
only in those circumstances permitted by study-specific CRF completion guidelines provided by 
Sponsor of designee. 
The confidentiality of records that could identify subjects must be protected, respecting the privacy 
and confidentiality rules in accordance with the applicable regulatory requirement(s).
The investigator will maintain a signature sheet to document signatures and initials of all persons 
authorized to make entries and/or corrections on CRFs. 
The completed CRF, SAE/pregnancy CRFs, must be promptly reviewed, signed, and dated by the 
investigator or qualified physician who is a subinvestigator and who is delegated this task on the 
Delegation of Authority Form. Subinvestigators in Japan may not be delegated the CRF approval 
task. For electronic CRFs, review and approval/signature is completed electronically through the 
BMS electronic data capture tool. The investigator must retain a copy of the CRFs including 
records of the changes and corrections.
Each individual electronically signing electronic CRFs must meet Sponsor or designee training 
requirements and must only access the BMS electronic data capture tool using the unique user
account provided by Sponsor or designee. User accounts are not to be shared or reassigned to other 
individuals.
9.3
Clinical Study Report and Publications
A Signatory Investigator must be selected to sign the clinical study report. 
For this protocol, the Signatory Investigator will be selected as appropriate based on the following 
criteria:

Subject recruitment (eg, among the top quartile of enrollers)

Involvement in trial design

Other criteria (as determined by the study team)
The data collected during this study are confidential and proprietary to BMS or designee. Any 
publications or abstracts arising from this study must adhere to the publication requirements set 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
116
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
forth in the clinical trial agreement (CTA) governing [Study site or Investigator] participation in 
the study. These requirements include, but are not limited to, submitting proposed publications to 
BMS  or designee at the earliest practicable time prior to submission or presentation and otherwise 
within the time period set forth in the CTA.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
117
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
10
GLOSSARY OF TERMS
Term
Definition
Complete Abstinence
Complete Abstinence is defined as complete avoidance of heterosexual intercourse and 
is an acceptable form of contraception for all study drugs. This also means that 
abstinence is the preferred and usual lifestyle of the patient. This does not mean 
periodic abstinence (eg, calendar, ovulation, symptothermal, profession of abstinence 
for entry into a clinical trial, post-ovulation methods) and withdrawal, which are not 
acceptable methods of contraception. Women must continue to have pregnancy tests. 
Acceptable alternate methods of highly or less effective contraception’s must be 
discussed in the event that the subject chooses to forego complete abstinence.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
118
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
11
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
Term
Definition
AE
adverse event
ALT
alanine aminotransferase
ANC
absolute neutrophil count
ANOVA
analysis of variance
ASBI
Average symptom burden index
AST
aspartate aminotransferase
AT
aminotransaminases
BID, bid
bis in die, twice daily
BICR
Blinded independent central review
BMI
body mass index
BMS
Bristol-Myers Squibb
BUN
blood urea nitrogen
CBC
complete blood count
CFR
Code of Federal Regulations 
CI
confidence interval
CNS
Central nervous system
CRF
Case Report Form, paper or electronic
DOR
duration of response
eCRF
Electronic Case Report Form
EDC
Electronic Data Capture
EEG
electroencephalogram
Eg
exempli gratia (for example)
EGFR
epidermal growth factor
FDA
Food and Drug Administration
FSH
follicle stimulating hormone
g
Gram
GCP
Good Clinical Practice
GFR
glomerular filtration rate
HBsAg
hepatitis B surface antigen
HBV
hepatitis B virus
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
119
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Term
Definition
HCV
hepatitis C virus
HIV
Human Immunodeficiency Virus
HR
heart rate
HRT
hormone replacement therapy
IC
Informed consent
ICH
International Conference on Harmonisation 
ie
id est (that is)
IEC
Independent Ethics Committee
IMP
investigational medicinal products
IND
Investigational New Drug Exemption
IRB
Institutional Review Board
IV
intravenous
IWRS
Interactive web response system
LCSS
Lung Cancer Symptom Scale
LDH
lactate dehydrogenase
mg
milligram
min
minute
mL
milliliter
NIMP
non-investigational medicinal products 
NSAID
nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug
NSCLC
non-small cell lung cancer
ORR
objective response rate
OS
overall survival
PD
Progressive disease
PFS
progression-free survival
PFS2
progression-free survival after next line of therapy
PK
pharmacokinetics
RBC
red blood cell
SAE
serious adverse event
SD
Stable disease
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
120
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Term
Definition
SOC
Standard of care
TKI
tyrosine kinase inhibitor
TTSD
Time to first symptom deterioration
WBC
white blood cell
WHO
World Health Organization
WOCBP
women of childbearing potential
1L
first line
2L
second line
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
121
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
12
REFERENCES
1
Jemal A, Bray F, Center MM. et al. Global Cancer Statistics CA Cancer J Clin 2011; 61:69–
90.
2
NCCN Clinical Practice Guidelines in Oncology. Non-small cell lung cancer. v.3.2014. 
www.nccn.org.
3
Pao W, Girard N. New driver mutations in non-small-cell lung cancer. Lancet Oncol. 12:175-
80, 2011
4
Rosell R, Carcereny E, Gervais R, et al. Erlotinib versus standard chemotherapy as first-line 
treatment for European patients with advanced EGFR mutation-positive non-small-cell lung 
cancer (EURTAC): a multicentre, open-label, randomised phase 3 trial. Lancet Oncol. 
2012;13(3):239-46.
5
Rosell R, Moran T, Queralt C et al.  Screening for Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor Mutation 
in Lung Cancer N Engl J Med 2009;361:958-67.
6
Kobayashi S, Boggon TJ, Dayaram T et al.  EGFR Mutation and Resistance of Non-Small Cell 
Lung Cancer to Gefitinib. N Engl J Med 2005;352:786-792
7
Janne PA, Ramalingam SS, Yang JC-H et al.  Clinical Activity of the Mutant-Selective EGFR 
Inhibitor AZD9291 in Subjects with EGFR Inhibitor-Resistant Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer.  
ASCO Abstract 8009.  J Clin Oncol. 2014;32(5) Suppl.
8
Soria JC, Wu YL, Nakagawa K et al.  Gefitinib Plus Chemotherapy vs. Placevo plus 
Chemotherapy in EGFR-Mutation-Positive NSCLC after Progression on First-line Gefitinib 
(IMPRESS): A Phase III Randomised Trial.  Lancet Oncology 2015;16:990-998
9
Mellman I, Coukos G & Dranoff G. Cancer immunotherapy comes of age. Nature 2011 Dec 
22;29 4 8 0:480-89.  
10 Brahmer JR, Drake CG, Wollner I, et al. Phase I Study of Single-Agent Anti–Programmed 
Death-1 
(MDX-1106) 
in 
Refractory 
Solid 
Tumors: 
Safety, 
Clinical 
Activity, 
Pharmacodynamics, and Immunologic Correlates. J Clin Oncol 2010; 28:3167-3175.
11 Opdivo Prescribing Information, 2015. 
12 Brahmer JR, Reckamp KL, Baas P et al. Nivolumab versus Docetaxel in Advanced Squamous-
Cell Non–Small-Cell Lung Cancer.  NEJM 2015;373:123-35
13 Rizvi NA, Mazières J, Planchard D, et al. Activity and safety of nivolumab, an anti-PD-1 
immune checkpoint inhibitor, for patients with advanced, refractory squamous non-small-cell 
lung cancer (CheckMate 063): a phase 2, single-arm trial. Lancet Oncol 2015; Published online 
February 20, 2015 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
122
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
14 Borghaei H, Paz̻Ares L, Horn L et al. Nivolumab versus Docetaxel in Advanced 
Nonsquamous Non–Small-Cell Lung Cancer.  NEJM 2015;373:1627-39.
15 Larkin J,Chiarion̻Sileni V, Gonzalez R, et al. Combined Nivolumab and Ipilimumab or 
Monotherapy in Untreated Melanoma. New Engl J Med. 2015;373:23-34.
16 Antonia SJ, Brahmer JR, Gettinger S et al.  Nivolumab (Anti-PD-1; BMS-936558, ONO-4538) 
in Combination With Platinum-Based Doublet Chemotherapy (PT-DC) in Advanced Non-
Small Cell Lung Cancer (NSCLC).  Presented at CMSTO 2014 Annual Meeting in Chicago, 
IL
17 Rizvi NA, Chow LQ, Borghaei H, et al. Safety and Response With Nivolumab (Anti-PD-1; 
BMS-936558, ONO-4538) Plus Erlotinib in Patients With Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor 
Mutant Advanced Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer (NSCLC).  Presented at the American Society 
of Clinical Oncology 2014 Annual Meeting, May 30–June 3, 2014, Chicago, IL.
18 Curran MA, Montalvo W, Yagita H, et al. PD-1 and CTLA-4 combination blockade expands 
infiltrating T cells and reduces regulatory T and myeloid cells within B16 melanoma tumors. 
PNAS 2010; 107: 4275-80.  
19 Postow MA, Chesney J, Pavlick AC, et al. Nivolumab and ipilimumab versus ipilimumab in 
untreated melanoma. N Engl J Med 2015; 372:2006-2017. 
20 Calvo, et al., presented at the 18th ECCO—40th ESMO European Cancer Congress; 
September 25-29, 2015; Vienna, Austria.
21 Rizvi NA, Gettinger S, Goldman J et al.  Safety and Efficacy of First-line Nivolumab (Anti-
programmed Death-1 [PD-1]) and Ipilimumab in Non-small Cell Lung Cancer (NSCLC).  
Presented at WCLC 2015 Annual Meeting in Denver, CO
22 Hellmann MD, Gettinger SN, Goldman J, et al. CheckMate 012: Safety and Efficacy of First-
line Nivolumab and Ipilimumab in Advanced NSCLC. Presented at the American Society of 
Clinical Oncologists (ASCO), June 3-7, 2016, Chicago, Illinois.  
23 Lee CK, Man J, Lord S, et al. Checkpoint Inhibitors in Metastatic EGFR-Mutated Non–Small 
Cell Lung Cancer - A Meta-Analysis. J Thoracic Oncol 2018 Vol. 12 No. 2: 403-407
24 Reuben A, Chen R, Sepesi B, et al. MA06.02 - Prospective Immunogenomic Profiling of Non-
Small Cell Lung Cancer: Genomic and Immune Profiling Updates from Project ICON. 
International Association for the Study of Lung Cancer (IASLC). 2018. Toronto, Canada. 
25 Hellmann M, Ciuleanu T, Pluzanski A, et al. Nivolumab plus Ipilimumab in Lung Cancer with 
a High Tumor Mutational Burden. N Engl J Med 2018; 378:2093-2104
26 Tagrisso (osimertinib) Highlights of Prescribing Information. Revised: 4/2018
27 Tagrisso: EPAR Product Information Last Updated on 15June2018
28 Hellmann MD, Rizvi NA, Goldman JW, Gettinger SN, et al. Nivolumab plus ipilimumab first-
line in advanced non-small-cell lung cancer: results of an open-label, phase 1, multicohort 
study (CheckMate 012). Lancet Oncol Manuscript submitted for publication.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
123
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
29 Schadendorf D. Efficacy and quality of life outcomes in patients with advanced melanoma 
(MEL) who discontinued treatment with nivolumab (NIVO) plus ipilimumab (IPI) due to 
toxicity in a phase III trial (CheckMate 067). 2016 Annual Meeting of the European 
Association of Dermato-Oncology; August 31-September 3, 2016; Vienna, Austria.
30 Schadendorf D, Hodi FS, Robert C, Weber JS, et al. Pooled Analysis of Long-Term Survival 
Data From Phase II and Phase III Trials of Ipilimumab in Unresectable or Metastatic 
Melanoma. J Clin Oncol 2015; 33: 1889-94.
31 Gettinger SN, Horn L, Gandhi L, et al. Overall Survival and Long-Term Safety of Nivolumab 
(Anti–Programmed Death 1 Antibody, BMS-936558, ONO-4538) in Patients With Previously 
Treated Advanced Non–Small-Cell Lung Cancer. J Clin Oncol. 2015; 33(18):2004-12.
32 Wolchok JD, Hoos A, O’Day S, et al. Guidelines for the evaluation of immune therapy activity 
in solid tumors: immune-related response criteria. Clin Cancer Res 2009; 15:7412-20.
33 Reck M, Mok TSK, and Nishio M, et al. Atezolizumab plus bevacizumab and chemotherapy
in non-small-cell lung cancer IMpower150; key subgroup analyses of patienta with EGFR 
mutations or baseline liver metastases in a randomized, open-label phase 3 trial. Lancet REspir 
Med 2019; 7:387-401.
34 Pardoll DM, The blockade of immune checkpoints in cancer immunotherapy. Nature 2012; 
12:252-64. 
35 Zitvogel L, Tesniere A, Kroemer G. Cancer despite immunosurveillance: immunoselection 
and immunosubversion. Nat Rev Immunol 2006;6:715-27. 
36 Dunn GP, Bruce AT, Ikeda H, et al. Cancer immunoediting: from immunosurveillance to 
tumor escape. Nat Immunol 2002; 3:991-8.  
37 Horne ZD, Jack R, Gray ZT, et al. Increased levels of tumor-infiltrating lymphocytes are 
associated with improved recurrence-free survival in stage 1A non-small-cell lung cancer. J 
Surg Res. 2011; 171:1-5. 
38 Al-Shibli KI, Donnem T, Al-Saad S, et al. Prognostic effect of epithelial and stromal 
lymphocyte infiltration in non-small cell lung cancer. Clin Cancer Res 2008; 14:5220-7.
39 Ruffini E, Asioli S, Filosso PL, et al. Clinical significance of tumor-infiltrating lymphocytes 
in lung neoplasms. Ann Thorac Surg 2009; 87:365-72.  
40 Zhang Y, Huang S, Gong D, et al. Programmed death-1 upregulation is correlated with 
dysfunction of tumor-infiltrating CD8+ T lymphocytes in human non-small cell lung cancer. 
Cell and Mol Immunol 2010; 7:389-95. 
41 Sharpe AH, Wherry EJ, Ahmed R, et al. The function of programmed cell death 1 and its 
ligands in regulating autoimmunity and infection. Nature Immunol 2007; 8:237-45.
42 Topalian SL, Hodi FS, Brahmer JR, et al. Safety, activity, and immune correlates of anti-PD-
1 antibody in cancer. N Eng J Med 2012; 366: 2443-54.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
124
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
43 Alegre ML, Noel PJ, Eisfelder BJ, et al. Regulation of surface and intracellular expression of 
CTLA4 on mouse T cells. J Immunol 1996; 157:4762-70.  
44 Scagliotti GV, Parikh P, Von Pawel J, et al. Phase III study comparing cisplatin plus 
gemcitabine with cisplatin plus pemetrexed in chemotherapy-naive patients with advanced 
stage non-small cell lung cancer. J Clin Oncol 2008; 26: 3543-51.  
45 Paz-Ares LG, De Marinis F, Dediu M, et al. PARAMOUNT: Final overall survival results of 
the phase III study of maintenance pemetrexed versus placebo immediately after induction 
treatment with pemetrexed plus cisplatin for advanced nonsquamous non-small cell lung 
cancer. J Clin Oncol 2013.
46 Patel JD, Socinski MA, Garon EB, et al. PointBreak: A randomized phase III study of 
pemetrexed plus carboplatin and bevacizumab followed by maintenance pemetrexed and 
bevacizumab versus paclitaxel plus carboplatin and bevacizumab followed by maintenance 
bevacizumab in patients with stage IIIB or IV nonsquamous non-small cell lung cancer. J Clin 
Oncol 2013; 34: 4349-57.  
47 Goldstraw P, Crowley J, Chansky K, Giroux DJ, et al. The IASLC Lung Cancer Staging 
Project: Proposals for the Revision of the TNM Stage Groupings in the Forthcoming (Seventh) 
Edition of the TNM Classification of Malignant Tumours. J Thorac Oncol 2007; 2:706-714.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
125
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
APPENDIX 1
WOMEN OF CHILDBEARING POTENTIAL DEFINITIONS AND 
METHODS OF CONTRACEPTION
DEFINITIONS
Woman of Childbearing Potential (WOCBP)
A woman is considered fertile following menarche and until becoming post-menopausal unless 
permanently sterile. Permanent sterilization methods include hysterectomy, bilateral 
salpingectomy, and bilateral oophorectomy.
Women in the following categories are not considered WOCBP

Premenarchal

Premenopausal female with 1 of the following:

Documented hysterectomy

Documented bilateral salpingectomy

Documented bilateral oophorectomy
Note: Documentation can come from the site personnel’s review of the participant’s medical 
records, medical examination, or medical history interview.

Postmenopausal female

A postmenopausal state is defined as 12 months of amenorrhea in a woman over age 45 
years in the absence of other biological or physiological causes. In addition, females 
under the age of 55 years must have a serum follicle stimulating hormone, (FSH) level 
> 40 mIU/mL to confirm menopause.
Note: Females treated with hormone replacement therapy, (HRT) are likely to have artificially 
suppressed FSH levels and may require a washout period in order to obtain a physiologic FSH 
level. The duration of the washout period is a function of the type of HRT used. The duration of 
the washout period below are suggested guidelines and the investigators should use their 
judgement in checking serum FSH levels. 

1 week minimum for vaginal hormonal products (rings, creams, gels)

4 week minimum for transdermal products

8 week minimum for oral products
Other parenteral products may require washout periods as long as 6 months. If the serum FSH 
level is > 40 mIU/ml at any time during the washout period, the woman can be considered 
postmenopausal.
CONTRACEPTION GUIDANCE FOR FEMALE PARTICIPANTS OF CHILD BEARING 
POTENTIAL
One of the highly effective methods of contraception listed below is required during study 
duration and until the end of relevant systemic exposure, defined as 5 months after the end of 
study treatment, plus 30 days
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
126
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Local laws and regulations may require use of alternative and/or additional contraception 
methods.
Highly Effective Contraceptive Methods That Are User Dependent 
Failure rate of <1% per year when used consistently and correctly.a

Combined (estrogen- and progestogen-containing) hormonal contraception associated with 
inhibition of ovulation and/or implantation (These methods of contraception cannot be 
used by WOCBP participants in studies where hormonal contraception is prohibited)b 

oral (birth control pills)

intravaginal (vaginal birth control suppositories, rings, creams, gels)

transdermal 

Progestogen-only hormonal contraception associated with inhibition of ovulationb 

oral 

injectable 
Highly Effective Methods That Are User Independent

Implantable progestogen-only hormonal contraception associated with inhibition of 
ovulation and/or implantation (This method of contraception cannot be used by WOCBP 
participants in studies where hormonal contraception is prohibited)b

Intrauterine device (IUD)c

Intrauterine hormone-releasing system (IUS) (This method of contraception cannot be used 
by WOCBP participants in studies where hormonal contraception is prohibited) b,c

Bilateral tubal occlusion

Vasectomized partner 
A vasectomized partner is a highly effective contraception method provided that the partner 
is the sole male sexual partner of the WOCBP and the absence of sperm has been confirmed. 
If not, an additional highly effective method of contraception should be used. 

Sexual abstinence
Sexual abstinence is considered a highly effective method only if defined as refraining from 
heterosexual intercourse during the entire period of risk associated with the study treatment. 
The reliability of sexual abstinence needs to be evaluated in relation to the duration of the 
study and the preferred and usual lifestyle of the participant.

It is not necessary to use any other method of contraception when complete abstinence is 
elected. 

WOCBP participants who choose complete abstinence must continue to have pregnancy 
tests, as specified in Section 2. 

Acceptable alternate methods of highly effective contraception must be discussed in the 
event that the WOCBP participants chooses to forego complete abstinence 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
127
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
NOTES: 
a Typical use failure rates may differ from those when used consistently and correctly. Use should be consistent 
with local regulations regarding the use of contraceptive methods for participants participating in clinical 
studies. 
b Hormonal contraception may be susceptible to interaction with the study treatment, which may reduce the 
efficacy of the contraceptive method.  Hormonal contraception is permissible only when there is sufficient 
evidence that the IMP and other study medications will not alter hormonal exposures such that contraception 
would be ineffective or result in increased exposures that could be potentially hazardous.  In this case, 
alternative methods of contraception should be utilized. 
c Intrauterine devices and intrauterine hormone releasing systems are acceptable methods of contraception in the 
absence of definitive drug interaction studies when hormone exposures from intrauterine devices do not alter 
contraception effectiveness
Less Than Highly Effective Contraceptive Methods That Are User Dependent
Failure rate of >1% per year when used consistently and correctly.

Male or female condom with or without spermicide.  Male and female condoms cannot be 
used simultaneously

Diaphragm with spermicide

Cervical cap with spermicide

Vaginal Sponge with spermicide

Progestogen-only oral hormonal contraception, where inhibition of ovulation is not the 
primary mechanism of action (This method of contraception cannot be used by WOCBP 
participants in studies where hormonal contraception is prohibited)
Unacceptable Methods of Contraception

Periodic abstinence (calendar, symptothermal, post-ovulation methods)

Withdrawal(coitus interruptus).

Spermicide only

Lactation amenorrhea method (LAM)
CONTRACEPTION GUIDANCE FOR MALE PARTICIPANTS WITH PARTNER(S) OF 
CHILD BEARING POTENTIAL.
Male participants with female partners of childbearing potential are eligible to participate if they 
agree to the following during the treatment and until the end of relevant systemic exposure.

Inform any and all partner(s) of their participation in a clinical drug study and the need to 
comply with contraception instructions as directed by the investigator.

Male participants will be required to always use a latex or other synthetic condom during any 
sexual activity (eg, vaginal, anal, oral) with WOCBP; even if the participants have undergone 
a successful vasectomy or if their partner is already pregnant or breastfeeding. Males should 
continue to use a condom while on study plus 5 half-lives of study treatments plus 90 days 
(duration of sperm turnover). Withdrawal (coitus interruptus) and/or the use of a spermicide 
without a condom are not acceptable methods of contraception or fetal protection.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
128
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab

Female partners of males participating in the study to consider use of effective methods of
contraception until the end of relevant systemic exposure, defined as 8 months days/weeks 
after the end of treatment in the male participant.

Male participants with a pregnant or breastfeeding partner must agree to remain abstinent 
from sexual activity or use a male condom during any sexual activity (eg, vaginal, anal, oral) 
even if the participants have undergone a successful vasectomy, while on study plus 5 half-
lives of study treatments plus 90 days (duration of sperm turnover). Withdrawal (coitus 
interruptus) and/or the use of a spermicide without a condom are not acceptable methods of 
contraception or fetal protection.

Refrain from donating sperm for the duration of the study treatment and for 8 months after 
the end of treatment.
COLLECTION OF PREGNANCY INFORMATION
Guidance for collection of Pregnancy Information and outcome of pregnancy on the Pregnancy 
Surveillance Form is provided in Section 6.4 and the Appendix for Adverse Events and Serious 
Adverse Events Definitions and procedures for Evaluating, Follow-up and Reporting
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
129
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
APPENDIX 2
MANAGEMENT ALGORITHMS FOR IMMUNO-ONCOLOGY 
AGENTS
These general guidelines constitute guidance to the Investigator and may be supplemented by 
discussions with the Medical Monitor representing the Sponsor. The guidance applies to all 
immuno-oncology agents and regimens.
A general principle is that differential diagnoses should be diligently evaluated according to 
standard medical practice. Non-inflammatory etiologies should be considered and appropriately 
treated.
Corticosteroids are a primary therapy for immuno-oncology drug-related adverse events. The 
oral equivalent of the recommended IV doses may be considered for ambulatory patients with 
low-grade toxicity. The lower bioavailability of oral corticosteroids should be taken into account 
when switching to the equivalent dose of oral corticosteroids.
Consultation with a medical or surgical specialist, especially prior to an invasive diagnostic or 
therapeutic procedure, is recommended. 
The frequency and severity of the related adverse events covered by these algorithms will depend 
on the immuno-oncology agent or regimen being used.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
130
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
131
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
132
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
133
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
134
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
135
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
136
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
137
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
138
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
APPENDIX 3
ECOG PERFORMANCE STATUS 
ECOG PERFORMANCE STATUS a
0
Fully active, able to carry on all pre-disease performance without restriction
1
Restricted in physically strenuous activity but ambulatory and able to carry out work of a 
light or sedentary nature, eg, light house work, office work
2
Ambulatory and capable of all selfcare but unable to carry out any work activities. Up and 
about more than 50% of waking hours
3
Capable of only limited selfcare, confined to bed or chair more than 50% of waking hours
4
Completely disabled. Cannot carry on any selfcare. Totally confined to bed or chair
5
Dead
a Oken MM, Creech RH, Tormey DC, Horton J, Davis TE, McFadden ET, and Carbone PP. Toxicity and Response 
Criteria of the Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group. Am J Clin Oncol 1982; 5: 649-655.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
139
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
APPENDIX 4
RESPONSE CRITERIA (RECIST 1.1)
1
EVALUATION OF LESIONS
At baseline, tumor lesions/lymph nodes will be categorized measurable or non-measurable as 
follows:
1.1
Measurable
Tumor lesions: Must be accurately measured in at least one dimension (longest diameter in the 
plane of measurement is to be recorded) with a minimum size of:
10 mm by CT scan (CT scan slice thickness no greater than 5 mm)
10 mm caliper measurement by clinical exam (lesions which cannot be accurately measured with 
calipers should be recorded as non-measurable)
20 mm by chest x-ray
Malignant lymph nodes: To be considered pathologically enlarged and measurable, a lymph 
node must be 15 mm in short axis when assessed by CT scan (CT scan slice thickness 
recommended to be no greater than 5 mm).
Lymph nodes merit special mention since they are normal anatomical structures which may be 
visible by imaging even if not involved by tumor. Pathological nodes which are defined as 
measurable and may be identified as target lesions must meet the criterion of a short axis of 
15 mm by CT scan. Only the short axis of these nodes will contribute to the baseline sum. The 
short axis of the node is the diameter normally used by radiologists to judge if a node is involved 
by solid tumor. Nodal size is normally reported as two dimensions in the plane in which the 
image is obtained (for CT scan this is almost always the axial plane; for MRI the plane of 
acquisition may be axial, saggital or coronal). The smaller of these measures is the short axis. 
For example, an abdominal node which is reported as being 20 mm x 30 mm has a short axis of 
20 mm and qualifies as a malignant, measurable node. In this example, 20 mm should be 
recorded as the node measurement. All other pathological nodes (those with short axis 10 mm 
but < 15 mm) should be considered non-target lesions. Nodes that have a short axis < 10 mm are 
considered non-pathological and should not be recorded or followed.
1.2
Non-Measurable
All other lesions are considered non-measurable, including small lesions (longest diameter 
< 10mm or pathological lymph nodes with 10 to < 15 mm short axis) as well as truly 
non-measurable lesions. Lesions considered truly non-measurable include: leptomeningeal 
disease, ascites, pleural or pericardial effusion, inflammatory breast disease, lymphangitic 
involvement of skin or lung, abdominal masses/abdominal organomegaly identified by physical 
exam that is not measurable by reproducible imaging techniques.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
140
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
2
BASELINE DOCUMENTATION OF ‘TARGET’ AND ‘NON-TARGET’ 
LESIONS
When more than one measurable lesion is present at baseline all lesions up to a maximum of five 
lesions total (and a maximum of two lesions per organ) representative of all involved organs 
should be identified as target lesions and will be recorded and measured at baseline (this means 
in instances where patients have only one or two organ sites involved a maximum of two and 
four lesions respectively will be recorded).
Target lesions should be selected on the basis of their size (lesions with the longest diameter), be 
representative of all involved organs, but in addition should be those that lend themselves to 
reproducible repeated measurements. It may be the case that, on occasion, the largest lesion does 
not lend itself to reproducible measurement in which circumstance the next largest lesion which 
can be measured reproducibly should be selected.
A sum of the diameters (longest for non-nodal lesions, short axis for nodal lesions) for all target 
lesions will be calculated and reported as the baseline sum diameters. If lymph nodes are to be 
included in the sum, then as noted above, only the short axis is added into the sum. The baseline 
sum diameters will be used as reference to further characterize any objective tumor regression in 
the measurable dimension of the disease.
All other lesions (or sites of disease) including pathological lymph nodes should be identified as 
non-target lesions and should also be recorded at baseline. Measurements are not required and 
these lesions should be followed as ‘present’, ‘absent’, or in rare cases ‘unequivocal progression’ 
(more details to follow). In addition, it is possible to record multiple nontarget lesions involving 
the same organ as a single item on the case record form (eg, ‘multiple enlarged pelvic lymph 
nodes’ or ‘multiple liver metastases’).
3
RESPONSE CRITERIA
3.1
Evaluation of Target Lesions
Complete Response (CR): Disappearance of all target lesions. Any pathological lymph nodes 
(whether target or non-target) must have reduction in short axis to < 10 mm.
Partial Response (PR): At least a 30% decrease in the sum of diameters of target lesions, taking 
as reference the baseline sum diameters.
Progressive Disease (PD): At least a 20% increase in the sum of diameters of target lesions, 
taking as reference the smallest sum on study (this includes the baseline sum if that is the 
smallest on study). In addition to the relative increase of 20%, the sum must also demonstrate an 
absolute increase of at least 5 mm. (Note: the appearance of one or more new lesions is also 
considered progression).
Stable Disease (SD): Neither sufficient shrinkage to qualify for PR nor sufficient increase to 
qualify for PD, taking as reference the smallest sum diameters while on study.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
141
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
3.1.1
Special Notes on the Assessment of Target Lesions
3.1.1.1
Lymph nodes
Lymph nodes identified as target lesions should always have the actual short axis measurement 
recorded (measured in the same anatomical plane as the baseline examination), even if the nodes 
regress to below 10 mm on study. This means that when lymph nodes are included as target 
lesions, the ‘sum’ of lesions may not be zero even if complete response criteria are met, since a 
normal lymph node is defined as having a short axis of < 10 mm. Case report forms or other data 
collection methods may therefore be designed to have target nodal lesions recorded in a separate 
section where, in order to qualify for CR, each node must achieve a short axis < 10 mm. For PR, 
SD and PD, the actual short axis measurement of the nodes is to be included in the sum of target 
lesions.
3.1.1.2
Target lesions that become ‘too small to measure’
While on study, all lesions (nodal and non-nodal) recorded at baseline should have their actual 
measurements recorded at each subsequent evaluation, even when very small (eg, 2 mm). 
However, sometimes lesions or lymph nodes which are recorded as target lesions at baseline 
become so faint on CT scan that the radiologist may not feel comfortable assigning an exact 
measure and may report them as being ‘too small to measure’. When this occurs it is important 
that a value be recorded on the case report form. If it is the opinion of the radiologist that the 
lesion has likely disappeared, the measurement should be recorded as 0 mm. If the lesion is 
believed to be present and is faintly seen but too small to measure, a default value of 5 mm 
should be assigned (Note: It is less likely that this rule will be used for lymph nodes since they 
usually have a definable size when normal and are frequently surrounded by fat such as in the 
retroperitoneum; however, if a lymph node is believed to be present and is faintly seen but too 
small to measure, a default value of 5 mm should be assigned in this circumstance as well). This 
default value is derived from the 5 mm CT slice thickness (but should not be changed with 
varying CT slice thickness). The measurement of these lesions is potentially non-reproducible, 
therefore providing this default value will prevent false responses or progressions based upon 
measurement error. To reiterate, however, if the radiologist is able to provide an actual measure, 
that should be recorded, even if it is below 5 mm.
3.1.1.3
Lesions that split or coalesce on treatment
When non-nodal lesions ‘fragment’, the longest diameters of the fragmented portions should be 
added together to calculate the target lesion sum. Similarly, as lesions coalesce, a plane between 
them may be maintained that would aid in obtaining maximal diameter measurements of each 
individual lesion. If the lesions have truly coalesced such that they are no longer separable, the 
vector of the longest diameter in this instance should be the maximal longest diameter for the 
‘coalesced lesion’.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
142
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
3.2
Evaluation of Non-Target Lesions
This section provides the definitions of the criteria used to determine the tumor response for the 
group of non-target lesions. While some non-target lesions may actually be measurable, they 
need not be measured and instead should be assessed only qualitatively at the time points 
specified in the protocol.
Complete Response (CR): Disappearance of all non-target lesions and normalization of tumor 
marker level. All lymph nodes must be non-pathological in size (< 10mm short axis). 
Non-CR/Non-PD: Persistence of one or more non-target lesion(s) and/or maintenance of tumor 
marker level above the normal limits.
Progressive Disease (PD): Unequivocal progression (see comments below) of existing non-
target lesions. (Note: the appearance of one or more new lesions is also considered progression).
3.2.1
Special Notes on Assessment of Progression of Non-Target Disease
The concept of progression of non-target disease requires additional explanation as follows:
3.2.1.1
When the patient also has measurable disease
In this setting, to achieve ‘unequivocal progression’ on the basis of the non-target disease, there 
must be an overall level of substantial worsening in non-target disease such that, even in 
presence of SD or PR in target disease, the overall tumor burden has increased sufficiently to 
merit discontinuation of therapy (see examples in Appendix 2 and further details below). A 
modest ‘increase’ in the size of one or more non-target lesions is usually not sufficient to qualify 
for unequivocal progression status. The designation of overall progression solely on the basis of 
change in non-target disease in the face of SD or PR of target disease will therefore be extremely 
rare.
3.2.1.2
When the patient has only non-measurable disease
This circumstance arises in some trials when it is not a criterion of study entry to have 
measurable disease. The same general concepts apply here as noted above, however, in this 
instance there is no measurable disease assessment to factor into the interpretation of an increase 
in non-measurable disease burden. Because worsening in non-target disease cannot be easily 
quantified (by definition: if all lesions are truly non-measurable) a useful test that can be applied 
when assessing patients for unequivocal progression is to consider if the increase in overall 
disease burden based on the change in non-measurable disease is comparable in magnitude to the 
increase that would be required to declare PD for measurable disease: ie, an increase in tumor 
burden representing an additional 73% increase in ‘volume’ (which is equivalent to a 20% 
increase diameter in a measurable lesion). Examples include an increase in a pleural effusion 
from ‘trace’ to ‘large’, an increase in lymphangitic disease from localized to widespread, or may 
be described in protocols as ‘sufficient to require a change in therapy’. If ‘unequivocal 
progression’ is seen, the patient should be considered to have had overall PD at that point. While 
it would be ideal to have objective criteria to apply to non-measurable disease, the very nature of 
that disease makes it impossible to do so; therefore the increase must be substantial.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
143
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
3.2.2
New Lesions
The appearance of new malignant lesions denotes disease progression; therefore, some 
comments on detection of new lesions are important. There are no specific criteria for the 
identification of new radiographic lesions; however, the finding of a new lesion should be 
unequivocal: ie, not attributable to differences in scanning technique, change in imaging 
modality or findings thought to represent something other than tumor (for example, some ‘new’ 
bone lesions may be simply healing or flare of pre-existing lesions). This is particularly 
important when the patient’s baseline lesions show partial or complete response. For example, 
necrosis of a liver lesion may be reported on a CT scan report as a ‘new’ cystic lesion, which it is 
not.
A lesion identified on a follow-up study in an anatomical location that was not scanned at 
baseline is considered a new lesion and will indicate disease progression. An example of this is 
the patient who has visceral disease at baseline and while on study has a CT or MRI brain 
ordered which reveals metastases. The patient’s brain metastases are considered to be evidence 
of PD even if he/she did not have brain imaging at baseline.
If a new lesion is equivocal, for example because of its small size, continued therapy and 
follow-up evaluation will clarify if it represents truly new disease. If repeat scans confirm there 
is definitely a new lesion, then progression should be declared using the date of the initial scan. 
While FDG-PET response assessments need additional study, it is sometimes reasonable to 
incorporate the use of FDG-PET scanning to complement CT scanning in assessment of 
progression (particularly possible ‘new’ disease). New lesions on the basis of FDG-PET imaging 
can be identified according to the following algorithm:
1. Negative FDG-PET at baseline, with a positive FDG-PET at follow-up is a sign of PD based 
on a new lesion.
2. No FDG-PET at baseline and a positive FDG-PET at follow-up: If the positive FDG-PET at 
follow-up corresponds to a new site of disease confirmed by CT, this is PD. If the positive 
FDG-PET at follow-up is not confirmed as a new site of disease on CT, additional follow-up 
CT scans are needed to determine if there is truly progression occurring at that site (if so, the 
date of PD will be the date of the initial abnormal FDG-PET scan). If the positive FDG-PET 
at follow-up corresponds to a pre-existing site of disease on CT that is not progressing on the 
basis of the anatomic images, this is not PD.
3.3
Response Assessment
3.3.1
Evaluation of Best Overall Response
The best overall response is the best response recorded from the start of the study treatment until 
the end of treatment taking into account any requirement for confirmation. The patient’s best 
overall response assignment will depend on the findings of both target and non-target disease and 
will also take into consideration the appearance of new lesions. Furthermore, depending on the 
nature of the study and the protocol requirements, it may also require confirmatory measurement.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
144
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
3.3.2
Time Point Response
It is assumed that at each protocol specified time point, a response assessment occurs. Table 
3.3.2-1 provides a summary of the overall response status calculation at each time point for 
patients who have measurable disease at baseline. When patients have non-measurable (therefore 
non-target) disease only, Table 3.3.2-2 is to be used. 
Table 3.3.2-1:
Time Point Response -  Patients With Target (+/- Non-Target) 
Disease
Target Lesions
Non-Target Lesions
New Lesions
Overall Response
CR
CR
No
CR
CR
Non-CR/non-PD
No
PR
CR
Not evaluated
No
PR
PR
Non-PD or not all 
evaluated
No
PR
SD
Non-PD or not all 
evaluated
No
SD
Not all evaluated
Non-PD
No
NE
PD
Any
Yes or No
PD
Any
PD
Yes or No
PD
Any
Any
Yes
PD
CR = complete response, PR = partial response, SD = stable disease, PD = progressive disease and NE = inevaluable
Table 3.3.2-2:
Time Point Response - Patients with Non-target Disease Only
Non-Target Lesions
New Lesions
Overall Response
CR
No
CR
Non-CR/non-PD
No
Non-CR/non-PDa
Not all evaluated
No
NE
Unequivocal PD
Yes or No
PD
Any
Yes
PD
CR = complete response, PD = progressive disease and NE = inevaluable
a Non-CR/non-PD is preferred over SD for non-target disease since SD is increasingly used as endpoint for 
assessment of efficacy in some trials so to assign this category when no lesions can be measured is not advised.
3.3.3
Best Overall Response 
Best response determination of complete or partial response requires confirmation: Complete or 
partial responses may be claimed only if the criteria for each are met at a subsequent time point 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
145
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
of 4 weeks later. In this circumstance, the best overall response can be interpreted as in Table 
3.3.3-1.
Special note on response assessment: When nodal disease is included in the sum of target 
lesions and the nodes decrease to ‘normal’ size (< 10 mm), they may still have a measurement 
reported on scans. This measurement should be recorded even though the nodes are normal in 
order not to overstate progression should it be based on increase in size of the nodes. As noted 
earlier, this means that patients with CR may not have a total sum of ‘zero’ on the case report 
form (CRF).
Table 3.3.3-1:
Best Overall Response (Confirmation of CR&PR Required)
Overall Response 
First Time Point
Overall Response 
Subsequent Time Point
BEST Overall Response
CR
CR
CR
CR
PR
SD, PD OR PRa
CR
SD
SD provided minimum criteria for SD durationb met, 
otherwise, PD
CR
PD
SD provided minimum criteria for SD durationb met, 
otherwise, PD
CR
NE
SD provided minimum criteria for SD durationb met, 
otherwise, NE
PR
CR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
SD
SD
PR
PD
SD provided minimum criteria for SD durationb met, 
otherwise, PD
PR
NE
SD provided minimum criteria for SD duration bmet, 
otherwise, NE
NE
NE
NE
CR = complete response, PR = partial response, SD = stable disease, PD = progressive disease, and 
NE = inevaluable
a If a CR is truly met at first time point, then any disease seen at a subsequent time point, even disease meeting PR 
criteria relative to baseline, makes the disease PD at that point (since disease must have reappeared after CR). 
Best response would depend on whether minimum duration for SD was met. However, sometimes ‘CR’ may be 
claimed when subsequent scans suggest small lesions were likely still present and in fact the patient had PR, not 
CR at the first time point. Under these circumstances, the original CR should be changed to PR and the best 
response is PR.
b Minimum criteria for SD duration is 6 weeks.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
146
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
3.3.4
Confirmation Scans
Verification of Response: To be assigned a status of CR or PR, changes in tumor measurements 
must be confirmed by consecutive repeat assessments that should be performed no less than 
28 days after the criteria for response are first met. For this study, the next scheduled tumor 
assessment can meet this requirement.
Verification of Progression: Progression of disease should be verified in cases where progression 
is equivocal. If repeat scans confirm PD, then progression should be declared using the date of 
the initial scan. If repeat scans do not confirm PD, then the subject is considered to not have 
progressive disease.
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
147
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
APPENDIX 5
REVISED PROTOCOL SUMMARY OF CHANGE HISTORY
Overall Rationale for the Revised Protocol 05, 22-Mar-2019
The CA209722 revised protocol 05 updates the study title.
SUMMARY OF KEY CHANGES FOR REVISED PROTOCOL 05
Section Number & Title
Description of Change
Brief Rationale
Title Page
Synopsis
Section 1.5 Overall 
Risk/Benefit
Section 3.1 Study Design and 
Duration
Updated study title to remove 
T790M negative requirement 
and include subjects who 
failed 2L TKI EGFR therapy.
Title was updated to align 
with updated study design 
in revised protocol 04. 
The T790M negative 
requirement was removed as
subjects who progressed on 
osimertinib are allowed, 
regardless of T790M 
mutation status. 
In addition, subjects who 
failed 2L EGFR TKI are 
allowed
Overall Rationale for the Revised Protocol 04, 20-Nov-2018
The CA209722 revised protocol 04 reflects the current treatment landscape in patients with 
EGFR-mutated metastatic NSCLC.  A recent meta-analysis of several clinical studies in 
advanced NSCLC patients with EGFR mutations in second line of therapy suggested a trend 
toward less clinical benefit from PD-(L)1 monotherapy when compared with chemotherapy 
(pooled  HR, 1.11; 95%CI: 0.80, 1.53).1 New body of evidence is accumulating to show that 
Tumor Mutational Burden (TMB) in EGFR-mutated NSCLC patients is significantly lower than 
that in EFGR wild-type NSCLC patients. 2 The recent data from CheckMate 227 indicated that 
NSCLC patients with low TMB are unlikely to derive PFS or ORR benefits from nivolumab and 
ipilimumab combination therapy when compared with chemotherapy, 3 suggesting that the 
combination of nivolumab and ipilimumab has a lower chance of success compared to 
chemotherapy containing arms. Thus, using nivolumab plus ipilimumab as one of the study arms 
has become potentially sub-optimal for patients who failed 1L or 2L TKIs moving forward. 
Therefore, the enrollment to nivolumab and ipilimumab combination arm (ie, Arm B) has 
stopped as of revised protocol 04. No safety concerns were identified among patients who 
received nivolumab and ipilimumab combination therapy in the study based on periodical DMC 
safety review.
Osimertinib has been the standard of care as a 2L treatment for the patients who failed the 1L 
first- and/or second-generation TKIs with T790M mutation, and previous study population 
included only patients who failed 1L first- and second-generation TKIs without T790M 
mutation. With recent approval of osimertinib4, 5, a third generation TKI, in the first-line setting 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
148
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
and consequent limited treatment options post osimertinib, the revised protocol allows the 
enrollment of patients who failed osimertinib as 1L or 2L. Patients that fail osimertinib represent 
a high unmet need due to the lack of treatment options since resistance mechanisms have not be 
identified yet. 
In addition, T790 mutation testing has been expanded to allow for local laboratory testing when 
using an approved assay. Other changes to stratification factors and eligibility were also made to 
the revised protocol. 
Revisions apply to all future participants enrolled in the study, and where applicable, to all 
participants currently enrolled.
Summary of key changes of Revised Protocol 04
Section Number & Title
Description of Change
Brief Rationale
Synopsis
Section 1. Introduction 
and Rationale
Section 1.1.3 Rationale 
for Removing 
Combination of 
Nivolumab and 
Ipilimumab Arm
Section 1.3.3 Exploratory 
Objectives
Section 3.1 Study Design 
and Duration
Figure 3.1-1 Study Design 
Schematic
Section 8.3.3 Exploratory 
Endpoints
Section 8.4.2 Efficacy 
Analyses
Arm B (nivolumab + 
ipilimumab) has stopped 
enrollment and subsequently, 
moved PFS, OS and ORR of 
nivolumab + ipilimumab vs 
chemotherapy to exploratory 
objectives
Emerging data suggest that the 
combination of nivolumab and 
ipilimumab has a lower chance 
of success compared to 
chemotherapy containing arms 
and becomes potentially sub-
optimal treatment option for 
the target population
Synopsis
Section 1. Introduction 
and Rationale
Section 3.3.1 Inclusion 
Criteria
Section 1.1.4 Rationale 
for Adding Subjects 
Previously Treated with 
Allowed enrollment of subjects 
who were treated with 1L or 2L 
osimertinib regardless of 
T790M status
Osimertinib was approved as a 
1L treatment for metastatic 
EGFR-mutated NSCLC 
regardless of T790M status in 
US, Europe and Japan, and is 
anticipated to be approved in 
other countries in the near 
future. The treatment option 
post osimertinib is very 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
149
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Summary of key changes of Revised Protocol 04
Section Number & Title
Description of Change
Brief Rationale
Osimertinib
Section 1.2  Research 
Hypothesis
Section 1.3.1 Primary
Objective
limited. Patients that fail 
osimertinib represent a high 
unmet need. 
Synopsis
Section 3.3.1 Inclusion 
Criteria
Table 5.1-2 On-treatment 
Procedural Outline
Allowed randomization of 
subjects with asymptomatic 
CNS metastases and treatment 
of CNS metastases during the 
screening period.
Recent data suggest that the 
presence or absence of CNS 
metastases did not affect the 
clinical benefit of 
immunotherapy in advanced 
NSCLC patients. Allowing 
patients with CNS metastases 
to be treated during the 
screening period will help 
improve enrollment. 
Section 3.3.1 Inclusion 
Criteria
Allowed enrollment of subjects 
who are treated with a first- or 
second-generation TKI in 
combination with a VEGF 
inhibitor
EGFR TKI plus VEGF 
inhibitor has been approved as 
1L therapy for EGFR-mutated 
NSCLS in Europe and Japan.
Synopsis
Section 1.1.5 Stratification 
by PD-L1 Expression, 
smoking history, brain 
metastasis and 
Osimertinib
Section.4 Method of 
Assigning Subject 
Identification
Stratification criteria were 
changed to add prior 
osimertinib use 
Prior osimertinib treatment 
was added as a stratification 
factor to better understand the 
impact of pretreatment with 
osimertinib on the clinical 
benefit of nivolumab plus 
platinum chemotherapy in the 
NSCLC subjects with EGFR 
mutation.
Section 1.3.3
Table 5.1-3 Follow-up 
Procedural Outline
Section 8.4.7 Other 
Analyses
Added efficacy evaluation of 
nivolumab plus chemotherapy 
vs. chemotherapy in 
participants after next line of 
treatment (ie, PFS2) as 
exploratory objective
Additional data collection and 
analyses of subsequent cancer 
therapy and subsequent 
outcomes will be useful in 
characterizing clinical benefit 
of study treatments. 
Synopsis
Allowed T790M mutation 
Improve the enrollment by 
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
150
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Summary of key changes of Revised Protocol 04
Section Number & Title
Description of Change
Brief Rationale
Section 3.1 Study Design 
and Duration
Section 3.3.1 Inclusion 
Criteria
Table 5.1-1 Screening 
Procedures
Section 5.6.1 Tumor 
Tissue Specimens
confirmation testing using 
tumor tissues and screening 
testing using blood sample to be 
performed at local laboratory 
for subjects who failed 1L first-
or second-generation EFGR 
TKI.  
allowing validated testing to be 
performed at local laboratory.  
Section 3.3.1 Inclusion 
Criteria Number 2, Letter 
F
Section 3.1 Study Design 
and Duration
Table 5.1-2 On-treatment 
Procedural Outline
Allowed the approval of 
Medical Monitor for archival 
tissues obtained more than 6 
months prior to the study 
treatment. 
Improve the enrollment by 
allowing the archival tissues 
more than 6 months prior to 
the study treatment at 
discretion of investigator and 
Medical Monitor 
Synopsis
Section 8.1 Sample Size 
Determination  
Sample size and power analyses 
were updated with additional 
subjects in Arms A and C
Updated sample size allows 
sufficient power to evaluate 
OS benefit in nivolumab plus 
chemotherapy vs. 
chemotherapy in additional to 
the primary PFS benefit
Section 3.3.2 Exclusion 
Criteria
Section 3.4.1 Prohibited 
and/or Restricted 
Treatments
Excluded live/attenuated 
vaccine within 30 days of first 
treatment
Align with nivolumab program 
standards for safety 
Section 4.5.1.2 
Nivolumab plus 
Pemetrexed/Carboplatin
The carboplatin dose may 
remain the same if the subject’s 
weight is within 10% of the 
baseline weight or prior dose 
weight.
Added to provide clarity in 
dosing instructions for safety
Section 8.5 Interim 
Analyses
Interim analyses for OS was 
added 
As part of updated study 
design and statistical analyses, 
an Interim analyses was added 
Title Page
Updated study personnel
Updated study personnel
Synopsis
Minor formatting and 
typographical corrections
Minor, therefore have not been 
summarized
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
151
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v


Clinical Protocol
CA209722
BMS-936558
nivolumab
Summary of key changes of Revised Protocol 04
Section Number & Title
Description of Change
Brief Rationale
Multiple sections
Editorial changes for clarity 
Improve the clarity of the 
operational requirements
Appendix 2 Management 
Algorithms for Immuno-
Oncology Agents
Appendix 4 Women of 
Childbearing Potential 
Definitions and Methods 
of Contraception
Updated Appendix 2 
Management Algorithms for 
Immuno-Oncology Agents and 
Appendix 4 Women of 
Childbearing Potential 
Definitions and Methods of 
Contraception
Appendices were updated to 
align with program standards 
for safety
REFERENCES:
1. Lee CK, Man J, Lord S, et al. Checkpoint Inhibitors in Metastatic EGFR-Mutated Non–
Small Cell Lung Cancer - A Meta-Analysis. J Thoracic Oncol 2018 Vol. 12 No. 2: 403-407
2. Reuben A, Chen R, Sepesi B, et al. MA06.02 - Prospective Immunogenomic Profiling of 
Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer: Genomic and Immune Profiling Updates from Project ICON. 
International Association for the Study of Lung Cancer (IASLC). 2018. Toronto, Canada.
3. Hellmann M, Ciuleanu T, Pluzanski A, et al. Nivolumab plus Ipilimumab in Lung Cancer 
with a High Tumor Mutational Burden. N Engl J Med 2018; 378:2093-2104
4. Tagrisso (osimertinib) Highlights of Prescribing Information. Revised: 4/2018
5. Tagrisso: EPAR Product Information Last Updated on 15June2018
Revised Protocol No.: 06
Date: 30-Jul-2020
152
8.0
Approved
930101353
8.0
v
Approved
1.0
v